Uploaded by Ali Rahma

BSC User Description Radio Network Parameter

advertisement
User Description, Radio Network
Parameters and Cell Design Data for
Ericsson's GSM Systems
USER DESCRIPTION
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N
Copyright
© Ericsson AB 2011-2012. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be
reproduced in any form without the written permission of the copyright owner.
Disclaimer
The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due to
continued progress in methodology, design and manufacturing. Ericsson shall
have no liability for any error or damage of any kind resulting from the use
of this document.
Trademark List
Ericsson
is the trademark or rregistered trademark owned by
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective
owners.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Contents
Contents
1
General Information
1
1.1
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G13B
1
1.2
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G13A
2
1.3
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12B
2
1.4
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12A
3
1.5
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G11B
4
1.6
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10B
5
1.7
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10A
6
1.8
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS 09A
7
1.9
Introduction
8
1.10
CDD Structure
8
1.11
Conventions
9
2
Site Data
13
2.1
Common Site Data
13
3
Cell Data
15
3.1
Common Data
15
3.2
Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
41
3.3
Idle Mode Behaviour
45
3.4
Locating
68
3.5
GPRS/EGPRS Idle Mode Behaviour
109
3.6
GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection
111
3.7
Channel Administration/Immediate Assignment on TCH
116
3.8
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration
126
3.9
Dynamic MS Power Control
143
3.10
GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control
150
3.11
Dynamic BTS Power Control
151
3.12
Discontinuous Transmission
160
3.13
Frequency Hopping
162
3.14
Intra Cell Handover
168
3.15
Assignment to Other Cell
174
3.16
Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells / Subcell Load Distribution /
Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse
176
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.17
Hierarchical Cell Structures
183
3.18
Extended Range
191
3.19
Double BA Lists
193
3.20
Idle Channel Measurements
195
3.21
Cell Load Sharing
198
3.22
Multiband Operation
201
3.23
Differential Channel Allocation
206
3.24
Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption Service
(eMLPP)
218
3.25
Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
225
3.26
GSM - UMTS - LTE Cell Reselection and Handover
227
3.27
Adaptive Multi Rate
249
3.28
EGPRS Link Quality Control
252
3.29
GPRS Link Adaptation
256
3.30
GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service
257
3.31
Interference Rejection Combining
267
3.32
Multi Band Cell
267
3.33
GPRS/EGPRS Connection Control and Transfer
270
3.34
Antenna Hopping
277
3.35
Synchronized Radio Networks
277
3.36
Channel Allocation Optimization
279
3.37
Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
291
3.38
Flexible Abis (FLAB)
293
3.39
Voice Group Call Service
296
3.40
Tandem Free Operation (TFO)
299
3.41
Handover and Signalling Robustness
301
3.42
Find Faulty Antenna Features
302
3.43
Packet Abis over IP
303
3.44
Packet Abis over TDM
315
3.45
PGW Load Distribution
320
3.46
Reduced Power Consumption in GSM RAN
321
3.47
Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band
328
3.48
Abis Local Connectivity
333
3.49
BSC Capacity Supervision
333
3.50
A-Interface over IP
334
3.51
Automatic FLP/Automatic IRC Tuning
337
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Contents
3.52
Multi Operator in BSS
341
3.53
16/32 QAM
342
3.54
VAMOS
345
3.55
MCPA
356
3.56
Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS
360
3.57
GSM and TD-SCDMA Interworking
360
3.58
BTS Soft Sync
368
4
Hardware Characteristics
371
4.1
Allocation Data for Transceiver Group
371
4.2
BSC Exchange Property Data
378
5
CDD Forms
379
6
Index
389
6.1
Index to Parameters
389
6.2
Index to Commands
410
6.3
Cross-Reference: MML-Command Parameters
421
7
Concepts
429
Glossary
431
Reference List
433
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
1
General Information
This document describes Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data
to operators and other users of the document. This Document is valid for
BSS release G10B to G11B. New functionality works for stated release and
onwards, unless stated otherwise.
1.1
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G13B
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: VAMOS Advanced,
BTS Soft Synch, Packet Abis over TDM.
New commands: RXTSI, RXTSC, RXTSE.
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
APPL
NUMDEV
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
1
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1.2
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G13A
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: AIR, BCCH Power
Savings.
New commands: .
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
AIR
BCCHPS
BCCHTYPE
COEXUMTS
COVERAGET
FASTRETTDSCDMA
HPRIOTHR
LPRIOTHR
PRECCCH
PRO
QRXLEVMINU
RATPRIO
TDDARFCN
TDDMRR
TDDQOFF
TDDTHR
TMFI
TQSC
TQSCI
TQSI
1.3
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12B
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: VAMOS, VAMOS
Advanced.
New commands: .
2
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
New parameters
AFRVAMOS
(1)
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
CHTYPE
CLTHV
EFRVAMOS
FRVAMOS
FULLAQPSK
IMBVAMOS
QBAFRV
SSTHRV
THRAV
THRDV
THRVP
VHOSUCCESS
(2)
(1) BTS G13B is required
(2) BTS G13B is required
1.4
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G12A
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: Paging Improvements,
TBFLIMIT per Cell, PS Downlink Power Control, Fast Return to LTE After Call
Release.
New commands: .
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
COVERAGEE
MAXPWR
MSRACREQCCCH
COVERAGEU
TBFDLLIMIT
MSRACREQPCCH
DLPCE
TBFULLIMIT
DLPCE2A
DLPCG
INITDLPCE
INITDLPCE2A
INITDLPCG
FASTRETLTE
TBFDLLIM
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
3
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
TBFULLIM
1.5
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G11B
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/16 Uen. The
changes between the above document and this document are as follows:
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: EDGE Evolution 16/32 QAM, GSM MCPA Intelligent Power Management, BSS Support for
MCPA/RUS, VAMOS.
New commands: RFVCC, RFVCP, RFVCI, RFVCE, RFVBC, RFVBP, RFVBI,
RFVBE.
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
AHRVAMOS
ETCHTN
AQPSKONBCCH
GPRSNWMODE
ASSV
PSKONBCCH
AWBVAMOS
TN7BCCH
E2AFACTOR
TNBCCH
Removed parameters
E2AINITMCS
E2ALQC
E2APDCHBR
EINITMCS
HRVAMOS
IPM
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A
LQCDEFMCSULE2A
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A
MAXPWR
MAXTRX
MCTRI
NUMREQE2ABPC
4
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
New parameters
Changed/Updated
parameters
Removed parameters
PAO
QBAHRV
QBAWBV
QBNAV
QDESDLOV
QDESULOV
RTTIINITMCS
SSTHRASSV
TSCSET1PAIRS
TXMPWR
VAMOSBSCSTATE
VAMOSCELLSTATE
VCSCC
1.6
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10B
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/15 Uen. The
changes between the above document and this document are as follows:
Removed information regarding RBS 200.
Added commands RFIMI, RFIMC, RFIMP, RFIME, RLBRI, RLBRC, RLBRE,
RLBRP, RLMRI, RLMRC, RLMRE, RLMRP, RRAII and RRAIE.
Note that to be able to use AMR and AMR-WB together with A-Interface over
IP other parameters need to be set, see Section 3.50 on page 334.
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: Automatic FLP,
A-Interface over IP, Reduced Power Level after Handover.
New parameters
Changed parameters
Removed parameters
A53PRIO
BSPWRB
CTEI
AFLP
BSPWRT
TXID
AIRCT
BSCAFLP
BSCAIRCT
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
5
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
New parameters
Changed parameters
Removed parameters
BSRPWROFFSET
CONFMODE
DSCP1
HOMTD
IMSIPAT
MAXTGCL
MBT
MCIMALG
MPS
MSRPWROFFSET
NCCPERM (BSC)
SET
TIME
1.7
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS G10A
This UD is based on the document 222/1553–HSC 103 12/14 Uen. The
changes between the above document and this document are as follows:
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: AMR-WB
Enhancements, EDGE Evolution - Dual Carrier DL, Multiple CCCH, BTS PS
Enhancements, Timeslot Power Savings, GSM-UMTS-LTE Cell Reselection.
New parameters
Changed parameters
Removed parameters
AMRWBDHA
BTSPSHYST
DYNULDLACT
CCCH
CCCHCMD
DCDLACT
DHRAABISTHRWB
DTHAMRWB
EARFCN
ETCHTN
FDDARFCN
HPRIO
6
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
New parameters
Changed parameters
Removed parameters
HPRIOTHR
ICMODE
LPRIOTHR
MEASTHR
MINCHBW
MINREQTCH
PAGBUNDLE
PCID
PCIDG
PCIDP
PCIDPS
PRIOTHR
QRXLEVMINE
QRXLEVMINU
RATPRIO
SDHRAABISTHRWB
TSPS
TNBCCH
TRES
1.8
Main Changes in Ericsson GSM System BSS 09A
New, changed and removed parameter due to features: A-Interface over IP,
PS Switched Capacity Locks, Improved Ack/Nack
New parameters
Changed parameters
DSCP
AQMRTTCONST
FASTRET3GNC2
IPDEVNO
GBCAPALARMACT
GPRSPRIO
Removed parameters
GBCAPWARNTHR
IAN
JBS
PCMLAW
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
7
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1.9
Introduction
The present document explains the Cell Design Data (CDD) that must be
provided for each cell in an Ericsson GSM system. This data is loaded in the
corresponding BSC by means of a Data Transcript file.
When a new Ericsson GSM system is built or when new cells are added or
changed in an existing Ericsson GSM system, the cell planner provides the
operator with a document for each cell containing data for the insertion of the
cell in the radio network. The data from all such documents is then converted
into a data transcript tape and loaded into the corresponding BSC.
A data transcript media contains not only CDD information but also other data
needed for the complete configuration of the BSC and its BTSs. A description
of such information is out of the scope of this document.
In addition to the above-mentioned BSC cell parameters, some of the radio
related MSC parameters and exchange properties are included in this
document. These parameters are included in order to present a more complete
picture of the parameters that influence the design and evaluation of a radio
network.
Note:
The MSC parameters are only defined for Ericsson Mobile Services
Switching Centres. These parameters may have another name or may
not exist at all in MSCs manufactured by others than Ericsson.
This document gives references to GSM Recommendations.
This document provides short descriptions of Ericsson's GSM system
parameters. For a full understanding of each of them, it is essential to study the
description of each particular feature.
Note:
The availability of a feature could depend on commercial agreements.
Due to this it is possible that certain parameters are not supported
by an exchange.
The topics where GSM 800, GSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM 1900 differ are
indicated.
This document assumes that the reader is acquainted with the channel structure
for GSM 800, GSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM 1900, the TDMA concept and
the locating algorithm for Ericsson's GSM systems.
1.10
CDD Structure
The parameters in this document are organized according to radio network
features. The aim with this structure is to facilitate a more feature oriented cell
planning and network optimization.
8
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
In each radio network feature section, the parameters are grouped into
sub-sections defined by the network entity where the parameter is defined. this
is described more elaborately in Section 1.9 on page 8.
The CDD is also arranged in a structure that corresponds to the subcell
structure shown in Figure 1. Therefore some parameters appear in more than
one part of the CDD.
Cell
Figure 1
Underlaid
Subcell
Overlaid
Subcell
Channel . . . Channel
group
group
Channel . . . Channel
group
group
The Subcell Structure Supported by Ericsson's GSM System
A subcell is a set of channels that share some specific characteristics. An
overlaid subcell serves a smaller part of the area of an underlaid subcell.
A cell always has an underlaid (UL) subcell, whereas the overlaid (OL) subcell
is optional. A subcell structure exists when there is an overlaid subcell defined.
The notation “cell/subcell data” (see Section 1.11 on page 9) is used in order to
clarify that these parameters may be defined per subcell.
Each subcell is divided into channel groups, which include a subset of the
frequencies defined for a cell. A channel group can not be shared between
different subcells. Same frequency can be defined in two channel groups within
the cell but it must not be used at the same time.
1.11
Conventions
In this section, rules and conventions for the parameter section in the CDD
document are issued.
“The parameter is /valid for/set per/ XXXX”
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
9
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
MSC
The parameter is valid for all cells in
the MSC.
BSC
The parameter is valid for all cells in
the BSC.
BSC exchange property
The exchange properties are changed
by means of a generic command,
but they are essentially the same as
regular parameters.
Cell
The parameter is valid for both UL
and OL subcell, if there is a subcell
structure defined.
Cell/Subcell
The parameter may be defined
individually for UL and OL subcells,
in case there is a subcell structure
defined. Otherwise, they are defined
per cell.
Neighbor Cell
The parameter need to be defined for
internal neighbor cells.
External Cells
See Section 3.2.3 on page 44.
“Name of the parameter”, for example BSPWRB, DCASTATE, MSC NAME
If bold:
BSC command parameters are written
with capital letters and are bold-faced.
If plain text:
A “state variable” corresponding to
a state of a feature in the BSC/Cell,
for example ACTIVE/INACTIVE. The
state variable is not a parameter and
the state variable is changed with a
command.
If plain text in Italics:
This parameter has no corresponding
name in the BSC command
descriptions and the string has no
equivalence/meaning elsewhere in the
system.
Description items
10
Type:
String, Numeral or Identifier. Format in
the database
Range:
The value range of the parameter
Unit:
For example dB, dBm, ARFCN
(Absolute radio Frequency Channel
Number), deci hours and so on.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
General Information
Default:
This is the BSC default value
Command:
The parameter is initiated/affected/prin
ted by this/these MML commands.
Different types of commands:
xxxxI: Initiate.
xxxxC: Change.
xxxxE: End.
xxxxP: Print.
O&M:
Possible impact of the parameter
change to the service state.
Comments:
Clarifying notes about the parameter.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
11
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
12
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Site Data
2
Site Data
2.1
Common Site Data
The common site data is the same for all cells in a site.
RSITE
Type:
String
Range:
3 to 15 characters
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC
RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio Site. Identity of the radio site
where the transceiver group (TG) is
located.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
13
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
14
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3
Cell Data
3.1
Common Data
3.1.1
BSC Data
DL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-12 to 12
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RRLLC, RRLLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Downlink Line level
UL
3.1.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-12 to 12
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RRLLC, RRLLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Uplink Line Level.
Cell Data
BSPWRB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Comman
d:
RLCPC, RLCPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
15
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
In some cases it is possible to set this parameter to a non-valid
value (as described in the comment below). Then, the activation of
the channel group might not be able to perform correctly.
Commen
ts:
Base Station output power in dBm for the BCCH RF channel
number.
The BTS can transmit with different power levels on the frequency
that carries the BCCH and on the frequencies that do not carry it.
The power is specified at the Power Amplifier (PA) output, that is
immediately after the transmitter unit and before the combiner.
For RBS 2101/2102/2103/2106/2107/2202/2206/2207/2216 and
RBS 6000 DUG/RUG the following is valid:
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
(2)
dBm, odd values only.
GSM 35 to 47, 49 , 51
800:
GSM 35 to 47, 49 , 51
900:
GSM 33 to 45, 47 , 49
1800
:
GSM 33 to 45, 47 , 49
1900
:
dBm, odd values only
dBm, odd values only
(3)
For RBS 2109 the following is valid:
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only
GSM 31 to 43, 45
800:
GSM 31 to 43, 45
900:
(1)
GSM 29 to 41, 43
1800
(1)
GSM 29 to 41, 43
1900
:
dBm, odd values only.
dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2111 the following is valid:
(1)
GSM 31 to 43, 45 , 47 dBm, odd values only
900:
(1)
GSM 31 to 43, 45 , 47 dBm, odd values only
1800
:
For RBS 2309 the following is valid:
(1)
GSM 25 to 37, 39
900:
16
dBm, odd values only
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
GSM 25 to 37, 39
1800
:
(1)
dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2301/2302/2308 the following is valid:
(1)
GSM 21 to 33, 35
800
(230
8
only
):
(1)
GSM 21 to 33, 35
900:
dBm, odd values only
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only.
GSM 21 to 33, 35
1800
:
GSM 21 to 33, 35
1900
:
For RBS 2401 indoor the following is valid:
GSM 7 to 19 dBm, odd values only
900:
GSM 9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
1800
:
GSM 9 to 21 dBm, odd values only.
1900
:
For RBS 2409 the following is valid:
(4)
GSM 11 to 23 dBm, odd values only
1800
:
(4)
GSM 11 to 23 dBm, odd values only
1900
:
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, GSM 800/900/1800/1900, the following is
valid in backward compatible mode Abis O&M version G12R12(both
odd and even values):
Maxi Number of TRXs in one MCPA:
m
1
2
3
4
um
powe
r per
MCPA
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
6
8
17
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
50
dBm
-
-
-
32 to 44
dBm
30 to 42 29 to 41
dBm
dBm
49
dBm
-
-
-
31 to 43
dBm
30 to 42 28 to 40
dBm
dBm
48
dBm
36 to
33 to 45
48 dBm dBm
31 to 43
dBm
30 to 42
dBm
-
-
46
dBm
-
-
-
-
-
43
dBm
31 to
43 dBm
-
-
-
-
31 to 43
dBm
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, the following is valid for Abis O&M
version G12R13:
GSM 20 to 50dBm, odd and even values
800/
900/
180
0/19
00:
(1) Software Power Boost (not applicable for RBS 2401 and RBS 6000 DUG/RUS): The feature
Software Power Boost is activated by setting BSPWRB to a special value that is 2 dB higher than
the maximum possible power at the PA output. TX diversity is used and each TX supporting
the master-slave configuration is configured. A BTS with filter combiner does not support
Software Power Boost.
(2) Transmitter Coherent Combining: The feature Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC) is
activated by setting BSPWRB to a special value that is 4 dB higher than the maximum possible
power at the PA output. TCC is applicable to RBS 2106, 2107, 2206, 2207 and 2216 only.
(3) For GSM 900 - TRU: KRC 131 47/01, the range is 31 to 43 dBm. If one or more GSM TRU
type KRC 131 47/01 is used within one cell the maximum output power for that cell shall be
limited to 43 dBm. To ensure that, the parameter MPWR (see Page 376) shall be set to 43
dBm for all TXs on that cell.
(4) SWPB and TCC are not applicable
CELL
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
All commands where a specific cell is
pointed out.
Cell definition: RLDEI
18
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell name. It is recommended to use
the name of the site plus one more
character that identifies the cell within
the site. The best choice for this
character is a number (1,2,3...) or a
letter (A,B,C...) identifying the antenna
pointing direction of the cell. The 0
(zero) degrees true north direction
can be taken as a reference. The cell
whose antenna direction is closest to
the reference direction when counting
clockwise, should be assigned letter A
(or number 1).
NEWNAME
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC
O&M:
If the cell is an internal cell, the
parameter is only allowed to be
changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments:
The parameter is used to change the
name of a cell. See parameter CELL,
Page 18, for recommendations.
CGI
Type:
MCC-MNC-LAC-CI
Range:
MCC:
3 digits (Mobile Country
Code).
MNC:
2 or 3 digits (Mobile
Network Code).
LAC:
1 to 65535 (Location
Area Code).
CI:
0 to 65535 (Cell Identity).
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
19
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
If the cell is an internal cell, the parameter is only
allowed to be changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments:
CGI (Cell Global Identity) is the global identity of
the cell in the whole system. It is composed of four
different parameters:
MCC
Mobile Country Code,
MNC
Mobile Network Code
identifying the PLMN
(Public Land Mobile
Network, that is the
operator),
LAC
Location Area Code,
CI
Cell Identity within the
location area.
CGI is sent to the mobile station (MS) as a part of
the system information message (GSM Rec. 04.08).
The combination MCC-MNC-LAC is also known as
the location area identity (LAI).
BSIC
20
Type:
NCC-BCC
Range:
NCC:
0 to 7 (Network Colour
Code).
BCC:
0 to 7 (Base station Colour
Code)
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
If the cell is an internal cell, the parameter is only
allowed to be changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments:
BSIC (Base Station Identity Code) is composed of
two entities:
NCC
Network Colour Code.
BCC
Base station Colour Code.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
BSIC is defined on a per cell basis and it is sent on
the logical synchronisation channel (SCH) on the
BCCH frequency.
Reference [4], Annex A, assigns one NCC value "n"
to each European country "to ensure that the same
NCC is not used in the adjacent PLMNs". A second
operator in a given country would use the NCC value
"n+4".
When an MS reports the results of the measurements
made on the serving cell and the neighbouring cells,
it indicates (Reference [8], section 10.5.2.20):
The measured signal levels on the serving cell.
The measured levels, the BSIC and the BCCH
frequency of the neighbouring cells.
Only measurements from cells with allowed NCC are
reported (see parameter NCCPERM, Page 55).
The colour code NCC is then used to discriminate
cells that use the same frequency. Though mainly
intended for the purpose of differentiating PLMNs, it
also serves to distinguish cells within one PLMN that
use the same frequency provided they have been
assigned different NCC. If there are two operators in
a country, they can use more than two PLMN colour
codes each one, provided that in border areas only
the values "n" and "n+4" are used.
What is stated here should be considered as general
guidelines. Of course any type of NCC assignment
must be decided by agreements between operators
and countries.
Regarding the protection against co-channel
interference, the MS reports the BCC value so
that the BSC can distinguish among different
cells transmitting on the same frequency. For this
purpose the BCC must be allocated as wisely as
possible. If frequency reuse clusters are used then
it is recommended that all BTSs in a given cluster
use the same BCC. In this way the reuse distance
of a certain BCC can be maximised according to the
frequency reuse distance.
(1)
(1) Only 8 different values (BCC: 0 to 7) are used for the purpose of recognizing co-channel
interference.
BCCHNO
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
21
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800).
512 to 810 (GSM 1900)
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Absolute RF channel number for
BCCH.
Absolute RF channel number already
defined for a dedicated channel can
not be used.
The frequency carrying the BCCH
(Broadcast Control Channel) in a
cell, is defined by the Absolute Radio
Frequency Channel Number, ARFCN,
with the parameter BCCHNO. The
defined ARFCN must be unique within
the cell.
According to the GSM 800
recommendations the channels
are numbered as follows:
fl(n) = 824.2 + 0.2*(n–128) in MHz,
where n (Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number, ARFCN) goes from
128 to 251 and fl is a frequency in the
lower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 45 in MHz, where n goes
from 128 to 251 and fu is a frequency
in the upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 900
recommendations the channels
are numbered as follows:
22
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
fl(n) = 890.2 + 0.2*(n–1) in MHz, where
n (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number, ARFCN) goes from 1 to 124
and fl is a frequency in the lower band,
BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 45 in MHz, where n goes
from 1 to 124 and fu is a frequency in
the upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 1800
recommendations the channels are
numbered as follows:
fl(n) = 1710.2 + 0.2*(n–512) in MHz,
where n (Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number, ARFCN) goes from
512 to 885 and fl is a frequency in the
lower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 95 in MHz, where n goes
from 512 to 885 and fu is a frequency
in the upper band, BTS transmitter.
According to the GSM 1900
recommendations the channels are
numbered as follows:
fl(n) = 1850.2 + 0.2*(n–512) in MHz,
where n (Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number, ARFCN) goes from
512 to 810 and fl is a frequency in the
lower band, BTS receiver.
fu(n) = fl(n) + 80 in MHz, where n goes
from 512 to 810 and fu is a frequency
in the upper band, BTS transmitter.
BCCHTYPE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
COMB, COMBC, NCOMB
Unit:
-
Default:
NCOMB
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed in cell
state HALTED.
Comments:
Type of BCCH.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
23
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
COMB
indicates that the cell
has a combined BCCH
and SDCCH/4 (see
parameter SDCCH,
Page 38).
COMBC
indicates that the cell has
a combined BCCH and
SDCCH/4 with a CBCH
subchannel.
NCOMB
indicates that the cell
does not have any type
of combined BCCH and
SDCCH/4.
The BCCH is always allocated to time slot number 0
(TN0) in the defined ARFCN.
The CBCH is used for transmission of the messages
when the function Short Messages Service Cell
Broadcast (SMSCB) is activated in the cell. SMSCB
enables the operator to submit short messages for
broadcasting to a specific area within the PLMN.
AGBLK
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7 if non-combined BCCH is used.
0 to 2 if combined BCCH and
SDCCH/4 is used
24
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed in cell state HALTED.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Number of reserved access grant
blocks.
Number of CCCH blocks reserved
for the access grant channel. The
remaining CCCH blocks are used for
the paging channel.
In each downlink non-combined
SDCCH 51 frames multiframe there
are 9 different CCCH blocks and in the
combined BCCH/SDCCH there are 3
different blocks. They can be used to:
• Send paging messages, that is used
as a Paging Channel.
• Send access granted messages, that
is used as an Access Grant Channel.
After an MS tunes to the BCCH/CCCH
channel and decodes the System
Information, it performs an evaluation
that, taking into account the MS's
own IMSI (International Mobile Station
Identity) number, determines to which
particular CCCH block in the physical
channel it should listen (Reference
[9]). Every CCCH in the physical
channel (Paging Subchannel) sends
paging messages to a certain group of
MSs that are called its paging group.
The reason for the existence of such
paging groups is that the MSs can
save batteries because it only needs
to listen to its own Paging Subchannel
messages.
The physical channel (Paging
Subchannel) sends paging messages
to a certain group of MSs. As
mentioned before these very same
CCCH blocks are also used to send
Access Grant messages to the MSs,
that is to answer a Random Access
message that an MS wanting to access
the system has sent to the system,
and to send notifications on the NCH.
The structure of the BCCH regarding
Paging messages and Access Grant
messages can be controlled by the
two parameters AGBLK and MFRMS.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
25
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
AGBLK tells how many of the CCCH
blocks that should be reserved for
the Access Grant messages and
NCH information. In Ericsson's GSM
system, Access Grant messages are
given priority over Paging messages.
Together with MFRMS, AGBLK
indicates how many paging groups
there will be.
With a non-combined BCCH and
AGBLK = 1, there are 8 CCCH blocks
in each multiframe. This means that it
is possible to have 16 to 72 different
Paging Subchannels, that is Paging
Groups. (Since MFRMS can take
values between 2 and 9.)
With a combined BCCH/SDCCH and
AGBLK = 1, there are 2 CCCH blocks
in each multiframe. In this case it
is possible to have 4 to 18 different
Paging Groups.
(1)
(1) AGBLK must not be 0 when SI 7 and 8 have to be sent, when short message service cell
broadcast (SMSCB) is in use on a cell not using combined BCCH and SDCCH/4 (GSM05.02) or
when Voice Group Call Service is used in the cell.
MFRMS
26
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 9
Unit:
CCCH multiframes
Default:
6
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed in cell state HALTED.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Multiframes period. Defines period of
transmission for PAGING REQUEST
messages to the same paging
subgroup.
Together with AGBLK, MFRMS
determines the number of paging
groups.
MFRMS is also used by the MS to
determine downlink signalling failure
in idle mode (Reference [10]). The
downlink signalling failure criterion is
based on the downlink signalling failure
counter DSC. When the MS camps
on a cell, DSC shall be initialised to
a value equal to the nearest integer
to 90/N where N is the MFRMS
parameter for that cell. Thereafter,
whenever the MS attempts to decode
a message in its paging subchannel;
if a message is successfully decoded
DSC is increased by 1, (however
never beyond the nearest integer to
90/N), otherwise DSC is decreased by
4. When DSC reaches 0, a downlink
signalling failure shall be declared. A
downlink signalling failure shall result
in cell reselection.
MFRMS is also used by the MS to
control monitoring of received BCCH
carrier level (Reference [10]). Whilst
in idle mode an MS shall continue to
monitor all BCCH carriers as indicated
in the BCCH allocation list (BA list). A
running average of received level in
the preceding 5 to
Max{5, ((5*N+6) div 7)*MFRMS/4}
seconds shall be maintained for each
carrier in the BCCH allocation. N is
the number of non-serving cell BCCH
carriers in BA.
FNOFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1325
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
27
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
TDMA frames
Default:
0
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed in cell state HALTED.
Comments:
Frame Number Offset.
Indicates the time difference from the
FN generator in the BTS.
To prevent that all cells on a site send
BCCH channels at the same time it
is possible to define a deviation with
respect to the FN generator called
FNOFFSET. By using FNOFFSET on
a synchronised two or three sector site
the time for decoding BSIC can be
reduced.
(1)
(1) The RBS 2000 only support the range 0 to 1023.
ECSC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO, YES
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Early Classmark Sending Control. Indicates if an MS
in the cell is allowed to use early classmark sending.
NO
Early sending is not
allowed.
YES
Early sending is allowed.
(1)
(1) The parameter ECSC has to be set to YES in order to allow the MS to send the MS multiband
and/or multislot capability. No multiband or multislot configuration will be established unless
the MS capability is known.
SCTYPE
28
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
UL, OL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
Every command where subcell type need to be
defined.
A subcell structure is defined by the command
RLDSI.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Subcell type.
UL
The subcell type is
underlaid.
OL
The subcell type is
overlaid.
A subcell structure can only be defined for an
internal cell.
3.1.3
BSC Exchange Property Data
MNCDIGITHAND
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates how the BSC handles MNC:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
0
2-digit MNC
administered and sent,
all cases.
1
3-digit MNC
administered and sent
on the A-interface and
Gb-interface and 2-digit
MNC is sent on the
air-interface.
29
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
2
3-digit MNC
administered and sent,
all cases.
If the value is 1 then the third MNC digit must have
the value zero.
Changing of the value from 2 to a lower value is
only allowed if the third MNC digit is zero in all
defined cells. If any cell exists with an MNC with the
third digit not equal to zero, then this cell must be
undefined before the property value can be changed
from 2 to a lower value.
3.1.4
Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.
In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
MSTXPWR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
13 to 43 (GSM 800) odd values only.
13 to 43 (GSM 900) odd values only.
4 to 30 (GSM 1800) even values only.
4 to 30 (GSM 1900) even values only
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Command:
RLCPC, RLCPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum transmit power for MS on
connection.
BSPWRT
30
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Command:
RLCPC, RLCPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
In some cases it is possible to set this parameter to a non
valid value (as described in the comment below). Then,
the activation of the channel group might not be able to
perform correctly.
Comments:
Base Station output power in dBm for the non-BCCH RF
channel numbers.
The power is specified at the Power Amplifier (PA) output,
that is immediately after the transmitter unit and before the
combiner.
For RBS 2101/2102/2103/2106/2107/2202/2206/2207/221
6 and RBS 6000 DUG/RUG the following is valid:
(1)
(2)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
(2)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
GSM
800:
35 to 47, 49 , 51
GSM
900:
35 to 47, 49 , 51
GSM
1800:
33 to 45, 47 , 49
GSM
1900:
33 to 45, 47 , 49
dBm, odd values only
dBm, odd values only.
(3)
For RBS 2109 the following is valid:
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only.
(1)
dBm, odd values only.
GSM
800:
31 to 43, 45
GSM
900:
31 to 43, 45
GSM
1800:
29 to 41, 43
GSM
1900:
29 to 41, 43
For RBS 2111 the following is valid:
(1)
GSM
900:
31 to 43, 45 , 47 dBm, odd values only
GSM
1800:
31 to 43, 45 , 47 dBm, odd values only
(1)
For RBS 2309 the following is valid:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
(1)
GSM
900:
25 to 37, 39
GSM
1800:
25 to 37, 39
(1)
dBm, odd values only
dBm, odd values only
31
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
GSM
1900:
25 to 37, 39
(1)
dBm, odd values only.
For RBS 2301/2302/2308 the following is valid:
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only
(1)
dBm, odd values only
GSM
800
(2308
only):
21 to 33, 35
GSM
900:
21 to 33, 35
GSM
1800:
21 to 33, 35
For RBS 2401 indoor the following is valid:
GSM
900:
7 to 19 dBm, odd values only
GSM
1800:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
GSM
1900:
9 to 21 dBm, odd values only
For RBS 2409 the following is valid:
(4)
GSM
1800:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only
GSM
1900:
11 to 23 dBm, odd values only
(4)
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, GSM 800/900/1800/1900, the
following is valid in backward compatible mode Abis O&M
version G12R12(both odd and even values):
Maxi
mum
powe
r per
MCPA
32
Number of TRXs in one MCPA:
1
2
3
4
6
8
50 dBm -
-
-
32
to 44
dBm
30
to 42
dBm
29
to 41
dBm
49 dBm -
-
-
31
to 43
dBm
30
to 42
dBm
28
to 40
dBm
48 dBm 36
to 48
dBm
33
to 45
dBm
31
to 43
dBm
30
to 42
dBm
-
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
46 dBm -
31
to 43
dBm
-
-
-
-
43 dBm 31
to 43
dBm
-
-
-
-
-
For RBS 6000 DUG/RUS, the following is valid for Abis
O&M version G12R13:
GSM
800/90
0/1800/
1900:
28 to 50dBm, odd and even values
(1) Software Power Boost (not applicable for RBS 2401): The feature Software Power Boost
is activated by setting BSPWRT to a special value that is 2 dB higher than the maximum
possible power at the PA output. TX diversity is used and each TX supporting the master-slave
configuration is configured. A BTS with filter combiner does not support Software Power Boost.
(2) Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC): The feature Transmitter Coherent Combining (TCC)
is activated by setting BSPWRT to a special value that is 4 dB higher than the maximum possible
power at the PA output. TCC is applicable to RBS 2106, 2107, 2206, 2207 and 2216 only.
(3) For GSM 900 - TRU: KRC 131 47/01, the range is 31 to 43 dBm. If one or more GSM TRU
type KRC 131 47/01 is used within one cell the maximum output power for that site shall be limited
to 43 dBm. To ensure that, the parameter MPWR shall be set to 43 dBm for all TXs on that cell.
(4) SWPB and TCC are not applicable
3.1.5
Channel Group Data
The channel group data must be given for each defined channel group. A
channel group cannot be shared between different subcells. Frequency
hopping can not be done between channel groups.
CHGR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0 (for cells without a subcell structure).
N/a (for overlaid subcells).
0 (for underlaid subcells)
Command:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
RLCCC, RLDGI , RLCFP , and other
commands in which a channel group
can be given
33
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel group number.
A cell is divided into one or more
channel groups that contain all
physical channels on an arbitrary
number of frequencies. Cells with a
subcell structure must have at least
one channel group defined in each
subcell.
A cell without a subcell structure is
given CHGR = 0 by default. However,
a cell planned with a subcell structure
such as overlaid and underlaid
subcells is given CHGR = 0 by default
for the underlaid subcell.
A maximum of 16 channel groups per
cell can be defined for a cell. A total of
4096 channel groups may be defined
per BSC.
STATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, HALTED
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSTC, RLSTP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell or Channel Group state:
ACTIVE
The cell or channel group
is active.
HALTED
The cell or channel group
is halted.
HOP
34
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLCHC, RLCFP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
When changing the parameter from OFF to ON
all ongoing calls in the channel group might be
dropped.
Comments:
Frequency hopping status:
ON
The hopping status for
the channel group is
hopping for TCH and
SDCCH.
OFF
The hopping status for
the channel group is non
hopping.
SDCCHs as well as TCHs can hop. A BCCH will not
hop even if it belongs to a channel group defined
as hopping.
HSN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M:
Changing of this parameter might cause all ongoing
calls in the channel group to be dropped.
Comments:
Hopping sequence number.
The hopping BPC is transmitted on a set of
frequencies included in a Hopping Frequency Set
(HFS). The order of the frequencies to transmit on is
defined by the hopping sequence number HSN, as
described in Reference [9].
HSN = 0
cyclic hopping sequence.
HSN = 1 to 63
pseudo random
sequences.
NUMREQBPC
Type:
Numeral / Identifier
Range:
8 to 128 in steps of 8, SYSDEF
Unit:
-
Default:
SYSDEF
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
35
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
The number of required basic physical channels
(BPCs) in a channel group.
SYSDEF
System defined limit.
The number of BPCs is
defined by the number of
frequencies in a channel
group.
DCHNO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800).
512 to 810 (GSM 1900)
Unit:
ARFCN
Default:
-
Command:
RLCFI, RLCFE, RLCFP
O&M:
If DCHNO is added or removed in an ACTIVE channel
group with synthesized frequency hopping, all ongoing
calls could be dropped and channel group might be
misconfigured.
Comments:
Absolute RF channel number.
A maximum of 128 DCHNO can be defined per cell.
A maximum of 32 DCHNO per channel group can be
defined except for channel group 0, which allows only
31 DCHNO. This is because one RF channel has to be
reserved for the BCCH that is defined by BCCHNO.
A channel group may consist of frequencies from different
GSM 900 bands with one restriction. If the BCCH
frequency is defined in the P-band other DCHNO are only
allowed in the P-band and not in the G1-band.
For frequency hopping channel groups, additional
restrictions in terms of maximum range and maximum
number of frequencies apply for different frequency bands
(1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
36
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Frequency band
in the channel
group
Number of freqs
in the hopping
channel group
Max range
800
1-22
any
900
>22
112
900,P
any
any
900,P&G1
1-22
any
900,P&G1
>22
112
1x00
1–18
any
1x00
19-22
256
1x00
>22
112
(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN
1003, 1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
BCCD
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RLCHC , RLCHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if the channel group frequencies are allowed (YES)
or not (NO) for Immediate Assignment.
It might not be possible to set BCCD=YES for all channel
groups in the cell. This is due to restrictions on the
maximum number of hopping frequencies allowed for
Immediate Assignment and their maximum ranges for
different frequency bands (1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Frequency
band(s) in the
cell
Number of
hopping freqs
for ImmAss
Max range
800
1–22
any
800
23–64
112
900,P
1–64
any
900,P&G1
1–22
any
900,P&G1
23–64
112
37
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1x00
1–18
any
1x00
19–22
256
1x00
23–64
112
800 & 900,P
1–22
any
800 & 900,P
23–64
112
800 & 900,P&G1
1–18
any
800 & 900,P&G1
19–22
256
800 & 900,P&G1
23–64
112
800 & 1x00
1–16
any
800 & 1x00
17–18
512
900,P & 1x00
1–16
any
900,P & 1x00
17–18
512
900,P & 1x00
19–22
256
900,P&G1 & 1x00
1–16
any
900,P&G1 & 1x00
17–18
512
900,P&G1 & 1x00
19–22
256
900,P&G1 & 1x00
23–64
112
(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN
1003,1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
SDCCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 32
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Required number of SDCCH/8.
Call set up, location updating and
SMS are using the SDCCH channel.
The system supports four types of
combination for SDCCH channels:
38
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
• SDCCH/4: The SDCCH is combined
with the BCCH in time slot 0 on
the BCCH carrier. This SDCCH
configuration provides 4 subchannels
for signalling. Only one SDCCH/4
can be defined for each cell.
(BCCHTYPE = COMB).
• SDCCH/4 including CBCH: One
subchannel is replaced by a CBCH.
This SDCCH/4 configuration provides
3 subchannels for signalling and
one for transmission of 47SMSCB
messages. (BCCHTYPE = COMBC).
• SDCCH/8: This SDCCH
configuration provides 8 subchannels
for signalling (BCCHTYPE =
NCOMB, CBCH = NO).
• SDCCH/8 including CBCH: One
subchannel is replaced by a CBCH.
This SDCCH/8 configuration provides
7 subchannels for signalling and
one for transmission of SMSCB
messages (BCCHTYPE = NCOMB,
CBCH = YES).
Up to 32 SDCCH/8 can be specified
per cell. This number is reduced by
one if an SDCCH/4 is defined for the
cell.
The number of SDCCH/8s in a channel
group is limited to a maximum equal to:
• the number of TRXs in that channel
group, when the feature Increased
SDCCH Capacity is not available
• an average of 2 SDCCH/TRX in the
cell, when the feature Increased
SDCCH Capacity is available, that is
more than 2 SDCCH is possible in
some channel groups
(1)
(1) With the function Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels, the number of required
SDCCHs in a cell can be automatically adapted depending on the demand for such channels.
TN
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
39
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7 (normal cell)
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timeslot numbers where the
SDCCH/8s will be located.
For channel groups in the underlaid
subcell with extended range the TN(s)
can only be defined on even values.
(1)
(1) A CBCH can only be configured if the defined TN(s) contains TN 0, 1, 2 and/or 3.
CBCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLCCC, RLCFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell broadcast channel.
YES
CBCH shall be included
in one of the SDCCH/8
for the cell or channel
group.
NO
No SDCCH/8 for the cell
or channel group shall
include CBCH.
(1)
(1) A CBCH can only be configured if the defined TN(s) contains TN 0, 1, 2 and/or 3.
TSC
40
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
Base station colour code (BCC) part
of the BSIC
Command:
RLDTC, RLDTP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed when the target channel
group is in the state HALTED.
Comments:
Training Sequence Code.
The Training Sequence Code can only
be changed for channel groups 1 to
15.
It is possible to have different TSCs
in different channel groups. It is not
possible to directly change TSC for
channel group 0. Instead it gets the
same value as the BCC part of the
cells BSIC.
3.2
Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
3.2.1
Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
Note:
Within this chapter, only relations to GSM neighbouring cell are
described. For the description of relations to UMTS neighbouring cells,
see parameter CELLR, Page 240.
There are two types of parameters that can be defined for each neighbouring
cell relation; Hysteresis and Offset parameters. It is possible to define up to
64 neighbours for each cell. A total of up to 65532 neighbouring cell relations
(internal and external) can be defined per BSC, from which a maximum of
65536 can be external.
CELLR
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLNRI, RLNRC, RLNRE, RLNRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
41
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Related cell designation.
The identity of the neighbouring cell
for which the set of parameters should
be applied is specified by means of
CELLR. The name of the neighbouring
cell must be specified here.
All internal neighbor relations are
mutual unless explicitly specified.
Example: If cell B is defined as a
neighbor to cell A (CELLR = B) with
certain values for the hysteresis
and offset parameters then cell A is
automatically defined as a neighbor to
cell B with the same hysteresis values
(symmetric relation) and the same
absolute values but opposite sign for
the offset parameters (asymmetric
relation).
CTYPE
Type:
String
Range:
EXT, Omitted
Unit:
-
Default:
Omitted
Command:
RLDEI, RLLHP, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
External cell.
If the neighbouring cell belongs to another BSC then
this must be specified explicitly by means of CTYPE.
EXT
The neighbouring cell is
external.
Omitted
The neighbouring cell is
internal.
In addition CGI, BSIC, LAYER, LAYERTHR,
LAYERHYST, PSSTEMP, PTIMTEMP, BCCHNO,
BSPWR, BSTXPWR, BSRXMIN, BSRXSUFF,
MSTXPWR, MSRXMIN, MSRXSUFF, AW, SCHO,
MISSNM and EXTPEN must be specified for an
external neighbouring cell. These parameters are
also defined in the neighbouring cell's home BSC.
42
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
RELATION
Type:
String
Range:
SINGLE, Omitted
Unit:
-
Default:
Omitted
Command:
RLNRI
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is only specified when
the relation is one way cell →cellr.
This means that offset and hysteresis
parameters are only defined in one
direction.
RELATION is always set to single for
external cells, that is neighbouring
cells that belong to another BSC.
CS
3.2.2
Type:
String
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Co-site, which indicates if a cell shares the same
site as its neighbor.
YES
Cell is co-sited with
neighbor.
NO
Cell is not co-sited with
neighbor.
Additional Parameters Defined for Neighbour Cell Relations
These parameters need to be defined, together with the parameters in Section
3.2.1 on page 41, for neighbor cell relations. They are defined by means of
the command RLNRC.
BQOFFSET
BQOFFSETAFR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
43
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
BQOFFSETAWB
AWOFFSET
CAND
Ericsson 1 locating algorithm:
TRHYST
KHYST
LHYST
TROFFSET
KOFFSET
LOFFSET
Ericsson 3 locating algorithm:
HIHYST
LOHYST
HYSTSEP
OFFSET
3.2.3
External Neighbor Cell Data
Note:
Within this chapter, only external GSM neighbouring cell are described.
For the description of external UMTS neighbouring cells, see parameter
CELL, Page 234.
These parameters need to be defined, together with the parameters in Section
3.2.1 on page 41 and Section 3.2.2 on page 43, for external neighbouring cells.
If applicable, also values for the cell locating hierarchical data (see Section 3.17
on page 183) shall be given.
A total of up to 4096 external cells can be defined per BSC.
CGI
BSIC
BCCHNO
MISSNM
EXTPEN
44
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
SCHO
BSPWR
BSTXPWR
MSTXPWR
BSRXMIN
MSRXMIN
BSRXSUFF
MSRXSUFF
AW
LAYER
LAYERTHR
LAYERHYST
PSSTEMP
PTIMTEMP
3.3
Idle Mode Behaviour
3.3.1
Paging - MSC data
PAGREP1LA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS, SETNAME=GSMMMSC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Repeated paging in one location area.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines in case of mobile terminating
calls how the paging in one location area is repeated.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
45
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
0
Paging in one location
area is not repeated.
1
Paging in one location
area is repeated with
either TMSI or IMSI.
2
Paging in one location
area is repeated with
IMSI.
3
Paging is repeated as
global paging with IMSI.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGREPGLOB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS, SETNAME=GSMMMSC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Repeated global paging.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines how the global paging is
repeated if the first paging attempt was global.
0
Global paging is not
repeated.
1
Global paging is
repeated with IMSI.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGNUMBERLA
46
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Number of location areas in a paging
message.
This parameter indicates the maximum
permitted amount of location areas
that can be included in a paging
message.
The parameter is optional.
A parameter with a value > 1 is only
valid if all BSCs connected to an
MSC/VLR support a paging message
with a list of location areas.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEFRST1LA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
s
Default:
4
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision for the first paging in
one location area.
This parameter defines the time
supervision for the page response of
the first paging attempt in one location
area. After expiration of this timer
the paging is repeated according
to parameter PAGREP1LA. The
parameter is optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEFRSTGLOB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
s
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
47
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
4
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision for the first global
paging.
This parameter defines the time
supervision for the page response of
the first global paging attempt. After
expiration of this timer the paging
is repeated according to parameter
PAGREPGLOB. The parameter is
optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGTIMEREP1LA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
s
Default:
7
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision for the repeated
paging in one location area.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines the time
supervision for the page response of
repeated paging in one location area.
After expiration of this timer no new
paging repetition for this call is done.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs
PAGTIMEREPGLOB
48
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
s
Default:
7
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision for the repeated
global paging.
The parameter is optional.
This parameter defines the time
supervision for page response
of repeated global paging. After
expiration of this timer no new paging
repetition for this call is done.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs
3.3.2
LATA Administration - MSC Data
The following exchange properties are valid only if the function Equal Access
and Transit Network Selection in MSC/VLR and GMSC is implemented. This is
an optional GSM1900 function.
LATAUSED
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the usage of LATA administration.
0
LATA administration is
not used.
1
LATA administration is
used. The parameter is
optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGLATA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
49
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS,SETNAME=GSMMMSC.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates if LATA paging is used for mobile
terminating calls or not.
0
LATA paging is not used.
1
LATA paging is used.
This parameter is only valid if parameter LATAUSED
= 1. The parameter is optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
PAGREPCT1LA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
DBTSP:TAB=AXEPARS,SETNAME=GSMMMSC.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines how the paging is repeated in one location
area.
0
Paging in one location
area is not repeated.
1
Paging in one location
area is repeated with
either TMSI or IMSI.
2
Paging in one location
area is repeated with
TMSI.
3
Paging is repeated
as call delivery LATA
paging with IMSI.
This parameter is only valid if parameter PAGLATA
= 1. The parameter is optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
50
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
PAGTIMEREPLATA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
s
Default:
7
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the time supervision for page
response of repeated LATA paging.
After expiration of this timer no new
paging repetition for this call is done.
This parameter is only valid if
parameter PAGLATA = 1. The
parameter is optional.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.3
Implicit Detach - MSC Data
BTDM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
6 to 1530 in steps of 6, OFF
Unit:
min
Default:
OFF
Command:
MGIDP , MGIDI.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Base time duration of implicit detach
of a mobile subscriber by the network.
BTDM must be as long as the longest
periodic updating time (T3212) in the
interworking BSCs.
The supervision time is the sum of
BTDM and GTDM.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
GTDM
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
51
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 255
Unit:
min
Default:
-
Command:
MGIDP , MGIDI.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Guard time duration.
The guard time is used to prevent
unnecessary marking of MS as implicit
detached.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.4
Automatic Deregistration - MSC Data
TDD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 255, OFF
Unit:
days
Default:
OFF
Command:
MGADI.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Automatic deregistration supervision
time.
Offers the possibility to automatically
deregister mobile subscribers that
have had no radio contact during a
certain period of time in the MSC/VLR.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.3.5
Idle Mode Behaviour - Cell Data
These parameters are sent in the System Information on BCCH & SACCH.
Note:
52
Within this chapter, only parameters that are used in GSM cell selection
and reselection are described. For the description of parameters used
in GSM - UMTS cell reselection, see parameter UMFI, Page 229.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
ACCMIN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
See comments
Default:
110
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum received signal level in dBm at the MS for
permission to access the system.
47
greater than –48
dBm
(level 63)
48
–49 to –48 dBm
(level 62)
108
–109 to –108
dBm
(level 2)
109
–110 to –109
dBm
(level 1)
...
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
53
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
110
less than –110
dBm
(level 0)
In Ericsson's GSM system, the MS power can be controlled
by the parameter CCHPWR, which indicates the maximum
transmitter power that the MS is allowed to use when
performing an access to the system (Reference [7]).
Whilst in idle mode, the MS continuously confirms that it
has chosen the most appropriate cell by calculating the
quantity C1 from the received signal level rxlev:
C1 = (rxlev —ACCMIN) —max (CCHPWR —P, 0)
The MS camps on the cell providing the highest positive C1.
The condition states that an MS must measure signal
strength higher than ACCMIN from a cell to be able to
access the system via this cell.
In addition, if the MS maximum possible output power,
P, is lower than CCHPWR then the requirement on the
signal strength increases by the difference between P
and CCHPWR. This means that if the MS cannot reach
the maximum output power then the requirement on the
signal strength in the downlink is harder. In this case, the
measured cell is probably not designed for MSs of that
class.
A low value of ACCMIN means that the coverage in idle
mode is improved at the expense of the risk of having an
increased number of call set-up failures.
CCHPWR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
13 to 43 in steps of 2 (GSM 800).
13 to 43 in steps of 2 (GSM 900).
4 to 30 in steps of 2 (GSM 1800).
4 to 30 in steps of 2 (GSM 1900)
54
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum transceiver power level an
MS may use when accessing on a
control channel.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
CRH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 14 in steps of 2
Unit:
dB
Default:
4
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell Reselection Hysteresis. Receiving
signal strength (rxlev) hysteresis for
required cell reselection over location
area border.
Each change of location area requires
a location update to be performed,
which increases signalling load. In
order to prevent ping-pong effects
for cell selection across location area
borders, a hysteresis, defined by CRH,
is used.
A cell in a different location area is only
selected if it is “better” in terms of the
quantity C2 for GSM phase 2 mobiles
or C1 for GSM phase 1 mobiles, than
the cells in the current location area
by at least the value of CRH during a
period of 5 seconds.
The C2 criterion is given in the
description of parameter CRO.
(Reference [7]).
NCCPERM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
55
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
PLMN (NCC) Permitted.
Defines the allowed NCCs (Network
Colour Code) on the BCCH carriers
for which the MS is permitted to send
measurement reports.
Up to 8 NCCs can be defined
(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.27). See
also parameter BSIC, Page 20.
(1)
(1) NCCPERM is not changeable if a Competitor Coverage Evaluation Active BA-list Recording
is ongoing.
SIMSG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1, 7, 8
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSMC, RLSMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
System Information BCCH Message.
When the cell is connected to a BTS equipment
that supports GSM phase 2 system information, it is
possible to turn on or off the distribution of System
Information Messages 1, 7, and 8.
SIMSG is the pointer which specifies the System
Information Message to be turned on or off by the
parameter MSGDIST.
MSGDIST must be specified for each one of the
System Information Messages.
(1)
Example of parameter
settings:
SIMSG = 1
MSGDIST = ON
SIMSG = 7
MSGDIST = OFF
SIMSG = 8
MSGDIST = OFF
(1) The parameter AGBLK must not be zero when system information types 7 and 8 are sent.
MSGDIST
56
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
see comments
Command:
RLSMC, RLSMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
System Information BCCH Message distribution.
ON
System Information
BCCH Message is
distributed.
OFF
System Information
BCCH Message is not
distributed.
Recommended default settings:
MSGDIST type 1 = ON
MSGDIST type 7 = OFF
MSGDIST type 8 = OFF
(1)
(1) Channel group 0 has to be in state ACTIVE when this parameter is set.
CB
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell Bar Access.
Defines whether the cell is barred for access or not.
NO
The cell is not barred for
access.
YES
The cell is barred for
access.
It is possible to use CB to bar a cell (Reference [7]
and Reference [10]). When a cell is barred it is
ignored by MSs in idle mode but an active MS can
perform handover to it.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
57
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CBQ
Type:
Identifier
Range:
HIGH, LOW
Unit:
-
Default:
HIGH
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell Bar Qualify.
HIGH
The cell has high priority
LOW
The cell has low priority
For GSM phase 2 MSs, a cell can be given two
levels of priority. This is controlled by the parameter
CBQ in conjunction with CB, as shown in below
table.
The interpretation of CB and CBQ varies depending
on whether the MS is a phase 1 MS or a phase 2
MS. For phase 2 MSs the behaviour is also different
in cell selection compared to cell reselection.
CBQ
CB
Phase 2 MS
Phase 1 MS
Cell sel.
Cell resel.
Cell sel./resel.
HIGH
NO
normal
normal
normal
HIGH
YES
barred
barred
barred
LOW
NO
low priority
normal
normal
LOW
YES
low priority
normal
normal
In idle mode the MS looks for suitable
cells to camp on by checking cells in
descending order of received signal
strength. If a suitable cell is found,
the MS camps on it. At cell selection
with a phase 2 MS, cells can have two
levels of priority, suitable cells which
are of low priority are only camped on
if there are no other suitable cells of
normal priority (Reference [7]).
ACC
58
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral/Identifier
Range:
0 to 15, CLEAR
Unit:
-
Default:
CLEAR
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Access Control Class.
Defines which access classes that are barred. Up to
16 access classes can be defined. Class 10 defines
emergency call in the cell.
0 to 9
Access classes that are
barred.
10
Emergency call not
allowed for MSs
belonging to classes
0 to 9.
11 to 15
Access classes that are
barred.
CLEAR
No access classes are
barred.
It may be of interest to the operator to bar the
access to the system to a certain type of MS.
For this purpose it is possible to define up to 16
different access classes of MSs and then select the
classes that can not access a cell by means of ACC
(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.29).
The classes are defined according to Reference
[3]. Classes 0 to 9 are reserved for the operator to
be used for normal subscribers (home and visiting
subscribers). Classes 11 to 15 are defined as
follows:
11
PLMN use.
12
Security Services.
13
Public utilities.
14
Emergency services.
15
PLMN staff.
MAXRET
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
59
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1, 2, 4, 7
Unit:
-
Default:
4
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum retransmissions.
Defines maximum number of
retransmissions an MS may do when
accessing the system on RACH.
TX
60
Type:
Numeral
Range:
3 to 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit:
-
Default:
50
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
TX-integer.
Defines the number of timeslots over
which the MS may spread transmission
when accessing the system.
When the MS accesses the system
it can spread the transmission over
a certain number of timeslots. The
parameter TX that the MS receives
as a part of the system information
message (Reference [8], section
10.5.2.29) is used to calculate the
time interval between successive
transmissions.
The MS sends maximum MAXRET+1
Channel Request messages on the
RACH to the BTS in a way such that
(Reference [8], section 3.3.1.2):
• the number of slots belonging
to the mobile station's RACH
between initiation of the immediate
assignment procedure and the
first Channel Request message
(excluding the slot containing the
message itself) is a value drawn
randomly for each new initial
assignment initiation with uniform
probability distribution in the set {0, 1
, ..., max(TX,8)–1}.
• the number of slots belonging
to the mobile station's RACH
between two successive Channel
Request messages (excluding the
slots containing the messages
themselves) is a value drawn
randomly for each new transmission
with uniform probability distribution in
the set {S, S+1, ..., S+TX–1}, where
S is a parameter depending on the
CCCH-configuration and - for GSM
phase 2 mobiles - on the value of TX
as defined in the table below.
TX
S for GSM phase 2 MSs
non combined CCCH
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
combined CCCH/SDCCH
61
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3, 8, 14, 50
55
41
4, 9, 16
76
52
5, 10, 20
109
58
6, 11, 25
163
86
7, 12, 32
217
115
Example (GSM phase 2 MS): If the
cell has a non combined CCCH and
TX=7 then the interval between each
retransmission may be
1 second (217 RACH slots),
1 sec. + 4.615 ms,
1 sec. + 2*4.615 ms,
...
1 sec. + 6*4.615 ms
For GSM phase 1 mobiles, S takes the
following values:
0.25 seconds in case of non-combined
CCCH.
0.35 seconds in case of combined
CCCH/SDCCH.
ATT
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Attach-detach allowed.
NO
62
MSs in the cell are not
allowed to apply IMSI
attach and detach.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
YES
MSs in the cell should
apply IMSI attach and
detach.
ATT tells the MS if it is allowed to apply IMSI attach
and detach, that is if the MS is allowed to send a
message to the system every time it is turned on or
off (Reference [8], section 10.5.2.11).
T3212
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 255
Unit:
Deci hours
Default:
40
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
T3212 time-out value.
(1)
Defines the time-out value that controls the location
updating procedure, that is when notifying the
availability of the MS to the network. (Reference [8],
section 10.5.2.11).
0
Infinite time-out.
1
0.1 hours.
...
255
25.5 hours.
(1) See the corresponding MSC parameter BTDM, Page 51.
CRO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell Reselection Offset.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
63
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Defines an offset to encourage or discourage MSs to
select the cell while it is camping on another cell, that
is perform a cell reselection.
0
0 dB
1
2 dB
...
63
126 dB
In order to optimise cell reselection, the additional
cell reselection parameters CRO, TO, and PT are
broadcast on the BCCH of each cell. The cell
reselection process employs a quantity C2 for GSM
phase 2 MSs, which depends on these parameters
(Reference [7]). GSM phase 1 MSs use the quantity
C1 for cell reselection instead, that is these mobiles
do not experience an offset.
The reselection quantity C2 is defined as:
C2 = C1 + CRO — TO *
H(PT —T)
for PT ≠ 31
C2 = C1 —CRO
for PT = 31
where
H(x)
64
= 0 for x < 0
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
= 1 for x ≥ 0
T is the timer, started from zero at the point at which
the cell was placed by the MS on the list of strongest
carriers. T is reset to zero whenever the cell is no
longer on the list of strongest carriers. This will tend
to prevent fast moving MSs from selecting the cell
(Reference [7]).
The quantity C1 is given in the description of
parameter ACCMIN (see Page 53).
CRO applies an offset to the C2 reselection criterion
for the cell.
TO applies a negative offset to C2 for the duration of
PT after the timer has started for the cell.
PT is the duration for which TO applies. The value 31
of the PT parameter is reserved to change the sign of
CRO and the value of TO is ignored as indicated by
the equation defining C2.
These parameters are used to ensure that the MS is
camped on the cell with which it has the probability
of successful communication on uplink and downlink
(Reference [10]).
(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
TO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Temporary Offset.
Defines a negative offset applied to CRO.
0
0 dB
1
10 dB
...
6
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
60 dB
65
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
7
infinite.
(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
PT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSBC, RLSBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Penalty Time.
Defines duration for which TO is applied.
0
20 seconds
1
40 seconds
...
31
620 seconds
The value 31 indicates that the cell reselection offset
is negative and that the temporary offset is ignored.
(1)
(1) The setting of this parameter only affects GSM phase 2 MSs.
CCCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1-4
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RLCCC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The required number of CCCHs. If the parameter
CCCH is set to 1, the feature CCCH is not activated.
TNBCCH
66
Type:
String
Range:
GPRS, EGPRS
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.3.6
Unit:
-
Default:
GPRS
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates if a Timeslot Number (TN) preceding a
TN with a CCCH should be possible to configure
supporting EGPRS2-A, EGPRS and GPRS or
GPRS only.
BSC Exchange Property Data
PAGBUNDLE
3.3.7
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
ms
Default:
50
Command:
ROEPC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter is used to set bundling time for
paging messages sent on the Abis interface to
Multiple CCCH capable RBSs.
Hardware Characteristics Data
CCCHCMD
Type:
String
Range:
NORMAL, BCCHMOVE
Unit:
-
Default:
NORMAL
Command:
RXMOC, RXMSC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter indicates if it is allowed to move the
BCCH and configure it on another TRX in order to
fulfill the requirements on the number of CCCHs in
the cell (e.g. the original TRX is not Multiple CCCH
capable).
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
67
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.4
Locating
3.4.1
Intra-MSC Handover - MSC Data
Intra-MSC handover is a handover between BSCs within the MSC. These
parameters are valid both for anchor and non-anchor MSCs.
HNDRELCHINTRAM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel release in intra-MSC inter-BSC handover.
HNDRELCHINTRAM defines the release of
the original channel after expiration of the
timer TIMHNDCMDINTRAM for handover time
supervision in intra-MSC inter-BSC handover.
0
The handover signalling
is terminated and the call
continues on the original
channel.
1
The original channel is
released.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDSDCCHM
68
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Intra-MSC inter-BSC handover on signalling
channels.
HNDSDCCHM determines if intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover is allowed on signalling channels:
0
Intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover is not allowed
on signalling channels.
1
Intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover is allowed on
signalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDSDCCHTCHM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Intra-MSC inter-BSC handover from signalling to
traffic channel.
HNDSDCCHTCHM determines if intra-MSC
inter-BSC handover is allowed from signalling to
traffic channel:
0
Intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover is not allowed
from signalling to traffic
channel.
1
Intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover is allowed
from signalling to traffic
channel.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
5 to 120
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
69
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
Seconds with 1 sec intervals
Default:
15
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision in intra-MSC
inter-BSC handover.
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM describes
the time between the HANDOVER
COMMAND and HANDOVER
COMPLETE messages in intra-MSC
inter-BSC handover (according to
Reference [5]).
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
HNDTGSOPINTRA
70
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2500
Unit:
Milliseconds with 20 ms intervals
Default:
80
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time supervision of switching moment of the group
switch (GS) in the MSC at intra-MSC inter-BSC
handover. The parameter is only valid and can only
be changed if the time supervision is used to define
the operation point of the GS. Timer is started at
sending of Handover Command message.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
0
no time supervision
which means GS is
changed at reception
of “handover detect”
message or “handover
complete” message.
The path in the GS in the MSC will be changed at
the first occurrence of the following event:
• timer expiry.
• reception of HANDOVER DETECT from the target
BSC.
• reception of HANDOVER COMPLETE from the
target BSC.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.2
Inter-MSC Handover in Anchor MSC - MSC Data
HNDSDCCHINTOM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Outgoing inter-MSC handover on signalling
channels in anchor MSC.
It determines if outgoing inter-MSC handover is
allowed on signalling channels in anchor MSC. The
parameter is only valid if the inter-MSC handover
dialogue is established with MAP version 2.
0
Outgoing inter-MSC
handover is not allowed
on signalling channels.
1
Outgoing inter-MSC
handover is allowed on
signalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
71
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HNDBEFOREBANSWM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
AXE Parameter.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Handover before B-answer. The parameter
indicates if an inter-MSC handover is allowed on
traffic channels before answer from B-subscriber.
0
Not allowed.
1
Handover allowed.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.3
Inter-MSC Handover in Non-Anchor MSC - MSC Data
HNDSDCCHINTI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Incoming inter-MSC handover on signalling
channels in non-anchor MSC.
It determines if incoming inter-MSC handover
is allowed on signalling channels in non-anchor
MSC. The parameter is only valid if the inter-MSC
handover dialogue has been established with MAP
version 2 by the anchor MSC.
0
72
Incoming inter-MSC
handover is not allowed
on signalling channels.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
1
Incoming inter-MSC
handover is allowed on
signalling channels.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.4.4
BSC Exchange Property Data
FASTASSIGN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
FASTASSIGN specifies if Locating shall wait until
reception of the first measurement results before
sending the requested candidate list.
0
Wait for measurement
results.
1
Do not wait for
measurement results.
If no measurements are available and FASTASSIGN
= 1, a candidate list that only contains the serving
cell is created and sent.
NOOFPHYSINFOMSG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 254
Unit:
-
Default:
35
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
73
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
In order to make the parameter change
active, it is needed to halt and activate
all cells in the BSC.
Comments:
NOOFPHYSINFOMSG indicates the
maximum number of repetitions of
physical information messages during
the handover procedure (NY1, see
Reference [8], section 3.4.4).
TIMER3105
3.4.5
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 255
Unit:
deci seconds
Default:
6
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
TIMER3105 indicates the time
between repetition of physical
information messages during the
handover procedure (T3105, see
Reference [8], section 3.4.4).
Algorithm Selection - BSC Data
EVALTYPE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1, 3
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Evaluation type.
EVALTYPE allows for the use of two different types
of locating algorithm.
1
74
Cell ranking by the
Ericsson1 locating
algorithm.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3
Cell ranking by the
Ericsson3 locating
algorithm.
The Ericsson3 locating algorithm is simplified
compared to the Ericsson1 algorithm.
3.4.6
Flow Control - BSC Data
TINIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 120
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
10
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum time before handover is
allowed on an initial call or after
handover.
The locating comparison is performed
every SACCH period (480 ms), except
for certain periods for which the
maximum lengths are specified by
the parameters: TINIT, TALLOC and
TURGEN. They apply to different
situations.
The locating process is suspended
during a time specified by TINIT.
TALLOC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 120
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
2
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
75
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum time between allocation
attempts when there is a better cell
condition and when the first allocation
attempt has failed.
In the case a handover, intra cell
handover or overlaid/underlaid subcell
change fails due to congestion,
the locating process continues but
no handover candidate list will be
prepared before the timer TALLOC
has expired, unless an urgency state
is detected.
TURGEN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 120
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
2
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum time between allocation
attempts at an urgency condition and
when the first allocation attempt has
failed.
In the case an urgency handover
attempt fails due to congestion, the
locating process will proceed and
even a handover candidate list will be
prepared. However the candidate list
will not be transferred to the handover
function during the time specified by
the parameter TURGEN, unless the
candidate list contains a better cell.
3.4.7
Filter Control - BSC Data
TAAVELEN
76
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
-
Default:
4
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timing advance average length.
Number of values in the averaging of
timing advance.
For the evaluation of timing advance
the algorithm uses a sliding window,
the length of which is determined by
TAAVELEN. TAAVELEN determines
the total number of values to be used
in the moving average.
3.4.8
Filter Control - Cell Data
The measurement results are sent from the BTS to the BSC every SACCH
period (480 ms) starting when the MS is assigned an SDCCH. The
measurement results are stored and filtered in the BSC. The signal strength
and quality measurements are filtered in order to smooth out measurement
noise. In addition, some fading components of a duration of about the same as
the filter response time, are filtered out.
When filtering measurements for a cell, always the filters that are assigned
to the cell are used. This means that serving cell and neighbouring cell
measurements can be evaluated by different filters, if different filters are
assigned to the different cells.
The locating filters are numbered from 1 to 9, and correspond to different filter
types:
1–5
General FIR filters.
6
Straight average filter.
7
Exponential filter.
8
First order Butterworth filter.
9
Median filter.
Note:
For a multislot configuration, only the main channel is evaluated. The
reported downlink quality measurement on the main channel is the
worst quality measured among all the uni-directional channels and the
main channel.
SSEVALSD
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
77
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
6
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength filter for speech/data.
The filters for down- and uplink signal
strength in serving cell and downlink
signal strength from neighbouring cells
are selected by SSEVALSD for the
channel mode speech/data.
QEVALSD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
6
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality filter for speech/data.
The filters for quality in down- and
uplink in the serving cell are selected
by QEVALSD for the channel mode
speech/data.
SSEVALSI
78
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
6
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength filter for signalling only.
The filters for down- and uplink signal
strength in serving cell and downlink
signal strength from neighbouring cells
are selected by SSEVALSI for the
channel mode signalling only.
QEVALSI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
6
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality filter for signalling only.
The filters for quality in down- and
uplink in the serving cell are selected
by QEVALSI for the channel mode
signalling only.
SSLENSD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
10
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of signal strength filter for
speech/data.
SSLENSD shall be specified only
when SSEVALSD is in the range 6 to
9.
QLENSD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
79
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
10
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of quality filter for speech/data.
QLENSD shall be specified only when
QEVALSD is in the range 6 to 9.
SSLENSI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
4
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of signal strength filter for
signalling only.
SSLENSI shall be specified only when
SSEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
QLENSI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
4
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of quality filter for signalling
only.
QLENSI shall be specified only when
QEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
SSRAMPSD
80
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
5
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Ramping length of signal strength filter
for speech/data.
SSRAMPSD shall be specified only
when SSEVALSD is in the range 6 to
9.
SSRAMPSI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
2
Command:
RLLFC, RLLFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Ramping length of signal strength filter
for signalling only.
SSRAMPSI shall be specified only
when SSEVALSI is in the range 6 to 9.
MISSNM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 18
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
81
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum number of consecutive
missing measurements for a serving
cell or neighbouring cell permitted
before all old measurements are
considered invalid.
If a measurement on a neighbouring
BTS is missing in the measurement
report, that neighbor is not included
in the evaluation. When a new
measurement report containing
information about that BTS is received,
the missing values are linearly
interpolated. But the interpolation
is only allowed if the number of
missing measurements is equal to
or smaller than a certain number
that is determined by MISSNM.
When the number of missing
measurements exceeds MISSNM all
former measurements from that BTS
are discarded and the evaluation of
that BTS starts again when a new
value arrives.
If an urgency condition occurs and
there are no neighbouring cells in
the current measurement, the last
received measurement containing
neighbours is used. If the number
of missing measurements exceeds
the parameter MISSNM the old
measurements are considered invalid.
If a measurement from serving cell is
missing, locating is suspended until
the serving cell measurements start
again.
3.4.9
Basic Ranking - Cell Data
BSPWR
82
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 80
Unit:
dBm.
Default.
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BSPWR is the BTS output power on
the BCCH frequency.
BSPWR is defined at the reference
point used in the locating algorithm.
MSRXMIN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
-
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum required signal strength
received at the MS in a given cell
to consider the cell as a possible
candidate for handover.
MSRXMIN takes a positive value,
which represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
BSRXMIN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
-
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum required signal strength
received at the BTS, at the reference
point, to consider the cell as a possible
candidate for handover.
BSRXMIN takes a positive value,
which represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
MSRXSUFF
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
83
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
-
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Sufficient signal strength received at
the MS to consider the cell selectable
for further ranking according to the
magnitude of the path loss.
MSRXSUFF takes a positive value
that represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
BSRXSUFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
-
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Sufficient signal strength received at
the BTS, at the reference point, to
consider the cell selectable for further
ranking according to the magnitude of
the path loss.
BSRXSUFF takes a positive value,
which represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
3.4.10
Basic Ranking - Cell/Subcell Data
This parameter may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcell. In
case there is no subcell structure defined, it is defined per cell.
BSTXPWR
84
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 80
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BSTXPWR is the BTS output power
on all frequencies other than the
BCCH frequency.
BSTXPWR is defined at the reference
point used in the locating algorithm.
3.4.11
Basic Ranking - Neighbor Cell Data
Parameters for the Ericsson1 Locating Algorithm
KHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength hysteresis when
evaluating K-cells.
KHYST is the hysteresis for cell
borders defined by the signal strength
criterion. It is defined as a cell-to-cell
relation. that is in each cell it can be
defined individually for each neighbor
that has been defined for that cell.
KHYST is a symmetrical relation
parameter, that is the same value
applies for both directions of the
cell-to-cell relation.
(1)
(1) KHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
LHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
85
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Path loss hysteresis when evaluating
L-cells.
LHYST is the hysteresis for cell
borders defined by the path loss
criterion. It is defined as a cell-to-cell
relation. that is in each cell it can be
defined individually for each neighbor
that has been defined for that cell.
LHYST is a symmetrical relation
parameter, that is the same value
applies for both directions of the
cell-to-cell relation.
(1)
(1) LHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
TRHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
2
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength hysteresis for a K- and
L-cell border segment.
(1)
(1) TRHYST is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
KOFFSET
86
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-63 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength offset when evaluating
K-cells.
An offset value is a certain amount of
dB by which the path loss or the signal
strength can be adjusted in order to
push the cell border towards or away
from the serving BTS.
(1)
(1) KOFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
LOFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-63 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Path loss offset when evaluating
L-cells.
(1)
(1) LOFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
TROFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-63 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength offset for a K- and
L-cell border segment.
(1)
(1) TROFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson1 locating algorithm.
Parameters for the Ericsson3 Locating Algorithm
HIHYST
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
87
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
5
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength hysteresis when
evaluating high signal strength cells.
(1)
(1) HIHYST is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
LOHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength hysteresis when
evaluating low signal strength cells.
(1)
(1) LOHYST is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
HYSTSEP
88
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
90
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength separator for high and
low signal strength cells.
HYSTSEP takes a positive value that
represents the corresponding negative
value in calculations.
(1)
(1) HYSTSEP is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
OFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-63 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength offset.
(1)
(1) OFFSET is only valid for the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.
3.4.12
Urgency Conditions - BSC Exchange Property Data
These parameters are used for statistical reasons only and do not influence
the locating process.
BADQDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Bad quality limit for urgency condition,
downlink.
BADQUL
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
89
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Bad quality limit for urgency condition,
uplink.
LOWSSDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
104
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Low signal strength limit for urgency
condition, downlink.
LOWSSUL
3.4.13
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
104
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Low signal strength limit for urgency
condition, uplink.
Urgency Conditions - Cell Data
TALIM
90
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63 (normal range cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
62
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timing advance limit for handover. Urgency
detection parameter.
TALIM determines the maximum timing advance
that the MS is recommended to use in the cell.
If the measured and averaged timing advance value
is equal to or greater than TALIM, the cell must be
abandoned urgently if there exists a neighbouring
cell that can take over the connection. If no such
cell exists no action is taken.
The useful range of TALIM is
0 to 219
Extended range cells
with RBS 2000.
0 to 63
Normal range cells.
PSSBQ
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
10
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength penalty when handover
due to bad quality. This penalty is
valid during PTIMBQ.
(1)
(1) In order to minimise the risk of immediate handback, PSSBQ should be greater than
(BQOFFSET - hysteresis). (That means KHYST or LHYST when using the Ericsson1 locating
algorithm respective HIHYST or LOHYST when using the Ericsson3 locating algorithm.)
PSSTA
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
91
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
63
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength penalty when handover
due to too large timing advance. This
penalty is valid during PTIMTA.
PTIMBQ
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 600
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
10
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Penalty time when handover due to
bad quality.
PTIMTA
3.4.14
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 600
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
10
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Penalty time when handover due to
too large timing advance.
Urgency Conditions - Neighbor Cell Data
BQOFFSET
92
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength region for bad quality
urgency handovers.
For AMR FR connections, the
parameter BQOFFSETAFR is used.
For AMR WB connections the
parameter BQOFFSETAWB is used.
(1)
(1) BQOFFSET is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
BQOFFSETAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength region for bad quality
urgency handovers for AMR FR
connections.
(1)
(1) BQOFFSETAFR is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
BQOFFSETAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
93
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
Signal strength region for bad quality
urgency handover for AMR-WB
connections.
(1)
(1) BQOFFSETAWB is defined as a cell-to-cell relation and is a symmetrical parameter.
3.4.15
Urgency Conditions - External Neighbor Cell Data
EXTPEN
94
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Handover penalty support.
The parameter EXTPEN shall be used
for external neighbouring cells, and
defines whether the penalty can be
received by that cell (that is the BSC
controlling that cell). It tells whether
the target BSC (and MSC) supports
the penalty handling or not. The
value OFF activates an inter-BSC
handling at urgency handover that
allows urgency handover to a cell
in another BSC only if the mobile is
within a distance radio wise of KHYST
or LHYST (Ericsson 1) or HIHYST
or LOHYST (Ericsson 3) from the
average cell border, that is without
hysteresis.
The value ON activates the penalty
handling that consists of sending a
handover cause value to the target
BSC.
The cause value is interpreted by the
target BSC as “urgency handover”.
Both TA urgency as well as bad quality
urgency can be recognised. The
target BSC carries out the punishment
of the cell in the old BSC that was
abandoned. However, it uses the
penalty parameter value and penalty
time of the new cell.
(1)
(1) EXTPEN should be set to OFF if the external neighbouring cell belongs to a BSC from
another vendor.
3.4.16
Urgency Conditions - Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.
In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
QLIMDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
95
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality limit downlink for handover.
Urgency detection parameter.
For AMR FR connections, the
parameter QLIMDLAFR is used.
If the measured and filtered quality
measurements, rxqual, is above the
quality limit on the downlink, then the
serving cell should be abandoned
urgently if there exists a neighbouring
cell that can take over the connection.
If no such neighbouring cell exists no
action is taken.
QLIMDLAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Downlink quality threshold for bad
quality urgency handovers for AMR
FR connections.
QLIMUL
96
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality limit uplink for handover.
Urgency detection parameter.
For AMR FR connections, the
parameter QLIMULAFR is used.
If the measured and filtered quality
measurements, rxqual, is above the
quality limit on the uplink, then the
serving cell should be abandoned
urgently if there exists a neighbouring
cell that can take over the connection.
If no such neighbouring cell exists no
action is taken.
QLIMULAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Downlink quality threshold for bad
quality urgency handovers for AMR
FR connections.
QLIMDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Downlink quality threshold for bad
quality urgency handovers for
AMR-WB connections.
QLIMULAWB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
97
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.4.17
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
55
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Uplink quality threshold for bad quality
urgency handovers for AMR-WB
connections.
Handover Failure - Cell Data
PSSHF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
63
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength penalty at handover
failure.
This penalty is valid during PTIMHF.
When a handover to a cell fails due to
signalling failure, a penalty is assigned
to that cell to avoid that the MS returns
to it immediately. The penalties are an
amount of dB that are subtracted from
the measured and averaged signal
strength for the cell in question, rxlev.
PTIMHF
98
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 600
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
5
Command:
RLLPC, RLLPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.4.18
O&M:
-
Comments:
Penalty time at handover failure.
Signalling Channel Handover - BSC Data
IBHOSICH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Switch, which defines if, inter BSC handover on
signalling channel is allowed.
ON
Allowed.
OFF
Not allowed.
IHOSICH
3.4.19
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Switch, which defines if intra-cell handover on
signalling channel is allowed.
ON
Allowed.
OFF
Not allowed.
Signalling Channel Handover - Cell Data
SCHO
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
99
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
SDCCH handover switch.
SCHO is used to identify if handovers on SDCCH
are allowed in the cell. The handover procedure is
the same as for handover on the TCH, that is the
locating function prepares a ranking list and sends it
to the handover function.
ON
Handovers on SDCCH
are allowed. This applies
to both handovers from
and to the cell.
OFF
Handovers on SDCCH
are not allowed.
Handovers from as
well as to the cell are
inhibited.
(1)
(1) To allow handover on SDCCH between two cells, both cells must have SCHO = ON.
3.4.20
TRH RP Load - Cell Data
CELLQ
Type:
Identifier
Range:
HIGH, LOW
Unit:
-
Default:
HIGH
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell quality. CELLQ defines whether the cell is
suitable for TRH RP regulation or not.
HIGH
100
The cell is a cell where
minor changes of radio
transmission quality can
be expected.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
LOW
The cell is a cell where
radio transmission quality
can be expected to
deteriorate rapidly.
The load of the TRH RPcan be automatically
regulated by reducing the rate of locating
calculations for the MSs in the cells that are least
likely to perform a handover or to be subject to
disconnection.
In the case of regulation the calculations are
performed for every second measurement result
arrival (approximately once per second). All arrived
measurement results are taken into account in the
time evaluation of measurements.
The parameter CELLQ is used to define whether
a cell is suitable for regulation or not. If CELLQ
takes the value HIGH then the regulation can be
performed, that is it is assumed that there is no risk
for an increasing number of dropped calls if the rate
of locating calculations is reduced. If CELLQ takes
the value LOW then the regulation is not allowed.
3.4.21
Disconnection Algorithm - Cell Data
MAXTA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63 (normal cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
63
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
101
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Maximum timing advance before an MS is
considered lost.
If the measured timing advance value for an access
burst is equal to or greater than MAXTA, then the
connection set-up signalling is terminated by the
system.
If the measured and averaged timing advance value
for an ongoing call is equal or greater than MAXTA,
the call is released.
The useful range of MAXTA is
0 to 219
Extended range cells
with RBS2000.
0 to 63
Normal range cells.
(1)
(1) MAXTA should always be greater than the parameter TALIM (see Page 90). MAXTA is a
hard limit compared to TALIM, which is a soft limit.
RLINKUP
102
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 63
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio link counter for the
uplink.
RLINKUP is used by the BSC to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
of the same type as the one specified
for the MS in Reference [10], called the
“leaky bucket” criterion.
A counter that is given the value
RLINKUP is started in the BSC after
the assignment of a dedicated channel.
Two units increase the counter if the
SACCH data is successfully decoded.
One unit decreases it if it can not be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then a call
release is initiated.
RLINKT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
103
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio Link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio downlink counter.
RLINKT is used by the MS to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
the “leaky bucket” criterion specified in
Reference [10].
A counter that is given the value
RLINKT is started in the MS after the
assignment of a dedicated channel.
Two units increase the counter if the
SACCH data is successfully decoded.
One unit decreases it if it cannot be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then the call
release is initiated.
RLINKTAFR
104
Type:
Numeral
Range:
8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio Link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio downlink counter for
AMR FR connections.
RLINKTAFR is used by the MS to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
the "leaky bucket" criterion specified
in Reference [10].
A counter that is given the value
RLINKTAFR is started in the MS after
the assignment of a dedicated channel.
Two units increase the counter if the
SACCH data is successfully decoded.
One unit decreases it if it cannot be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then the call
release is initiated.
RLINKTAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
8 to 64 in steps of 4
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
105
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
Radio Link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio downlink counter for
AMR HR connections.
RLINKTAHR is used by the MS to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
the "leaky bucket" criterion specified
in Reference [10].
A counter that is given the value
RLINKTAHR is started in the MS after
the assignment of a dedicated channel.
Two units increase the counter if the
SACCH data is successfully decoded.
One unit decreases it if it cannot be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then the call
release is initiated.
RLINKUPAFR
106
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 63
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M
-
Comment:
Radio link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio link counter on the
uplink for AMR FR connections.
RLINKUPAFR is used by the BSC to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
of the same type as the one specified
for the MS in Reference [10], called
the "leaky bucket" criterion.
A counter that is given the value
RLINKUPAFR is started in the
BSC after the assignment of a
dedicated channel. Two units
increase the counter if the SACCH
data is successfully decoded.One
unit decreases it if it can not be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then a call
release is initiated.
RLIKUPAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 63
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
107
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M
-
Comment:
Radio link time-out. The maximum
value of the radio link counter on the
uplink for AMR HR connections.
RLINKUPAHR is used by the BSC to
determine when to disconnect the call
upon repeated failure in decoding the
SACCH. The disconnection criterion is
of the same type as the one specified
for the MS in Reference [10], called
the "leaky bucket" criterion.
A counter that is given the value
RLINKUPAHR is started in the
BSC after the assignment of a
dedicated channel. Two units
increase the counter if the SACCH
data is successfully decoded.One
unit decreases it if it can not be
successfully decoded. If the counter
reaches the value zero, then a call
release is initiated.
RLINKTAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
8–64 (in steps of 4)
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Radio link time-out downlink. The
maximum value of the radio downlink
counter for AMR-WB connections.
RLINKUPAWB
108
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1-63
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
16
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.4.22
O&M:
-
Comment:
Radio link time-out uplink. The
maximum value of the radio link
counter on the uplink for AMR-WB
connections.
Handover Power Boost - Cell Data
HPBSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLPBI, RLPBP , RLPBE.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Handover Power Boost State.
ACTIVE
Handover power boost
active.
INACTIVE
Handover power boost
inactive.
If the feature Handover Power Boost is activated, the
originating BTS and the MS are ordered to transmit
with maximum allowed power during the handover.
3.5
GPRS/EGPRS Idle Mode Behaviour
3.5.1
Cell Data
PRACHBLK
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RLPDC, RLPDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
109
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum number of
reserved radio block periods for
PRACH.
MAXSBLK
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 4
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the maximum value that
BS_PBCCH_BLKS is allowed to
have, that is the maximum number of
reserved radio blocks to be used for
the PBCCH.
MAXSMSG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 16
Unit:
-
Default:
7
Command:
RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines maximum number of PSI
messages that preferably shall be
scheduled on one PBCCH block.
TRAFBLK
110
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 10
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLPDC, RLPDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the value of BS_PAG_BLKS
_RES, that is the number of blocks
within a multiframe where neither
paging nor PSI messages shall
appear.
CBCHD
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLPDC, RLPDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if CBCH description, that
is, PSI8 shall be transferred on the
PBCCH or not.
3.6
GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection
3.6.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PSCELLPLAN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates (1) or deactivates (0) the
feature Packet Specific Cell Plan.
NACCACT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
111
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.6.2
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates (1) or deactivates (0) the
feature Network Assisted Cell Change
(NACC).
Cell Data
PLAYER
Type:
Numeral
Range:
MAPPED, 1 to 8
Unit:
-
Default.
MAPPED
Command:
RLPSC, RLPSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hierarchical cell layer for
GPRS/EGPRS traffic for cells
with defined PBCCH.
The value MAPPED specifies that
the cell layer is mapped from CS
parameters.
PHCSTHR
112
Type:
Numeral
Range:
MAPPED, 48, 50, 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
MAPPED
Command:
RLPSC, RLPSP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hierarchical cell threshold for
GPRS/EGPRS traffic for cells
with defined PBCCH. It takes a
positive value, which represents
the corresponding negative value in
calculations.
The value MAPPED specifies that
the threshold is mapped from CS
parameters.
NCRPT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36,
30.72, 61.44
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
1.92
Command:
RLMNC, RLMNP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter tells the MS how
often it should send the Packet
Measurement Report (PMR)
message.
NCPROF
3.6.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 255
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLNPI, RLNPE, RLNPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter initiate, end and print
the status of the NC2 profile.
Neighbor Cell Data
GPRSVALID
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
113
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RLGNC, RLGNP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if the neighbor relation is valid for
GPRS/EGPRS traffic for cells with defined PBCCH:
YES
GPRS/EGPRS cell
reselections are allowed.
NO
GPRS/EGPRS cell
reselections are not
allowed.
PROFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
MAPPED, 0, 1, ..., 31
Unit:
-
Default:
MAPPED
Command:
RLGNC, RLGNP
O&M:
-
Comments:
GPRS/EGPRS cell reselection offset for cells with
defined PBCCH. The value of this parameter is
used in calculations of the cell reselection offset,
as follows.
The value MAPPED specifies that the offset is
mapped from CS parameters.
0
–52 dB
1
–48 dB
...
9
–16 dB
10
–12 dB
11
–10 dB
12
–8 dB
...
21
114
10 dB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
22
12 dB
23
16 dB
24
20 dB
...
30
44 dB
31
48 dB
(1)
(1) Between –52 dB and –12 dB the step is 4 dB, between –12 dB and 12 dB the step is 2 dB and
between 12 dB and 48 dB the step is 4dB.
3.6.4
External Cell Data
RAC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 255
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The Routing Area Code (RAC) is, together with the Cell Identity
(CI), used for routing of RAN-INFORMATION messages
between BSCs.
RIMNACC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to activate and deactivate NACC for
external neighbors.
0
OFF
1
ON
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
115
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.7
Channel Administration/Immediate Assignment on
TCH
3.7.1
MSC Controlling Parameters
CRT
Type:
RCR-SCRT
Range:
RCR:
FR, DFR, DHR.
SCRT:
FR, HR, DFRC, DHRC, DFRN, DHRN, DRSC,
DRSN
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
MGTEI, MGTEP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel Rate and Type.
CRT is used to specify the channel rate and type preference for
each Radio Channel Requirement that can be received from
the MS. The parameter is set for the teleservices Telephony,
Auxiliary telephony and Emergency call.
The following allowed RCR-SCRT combinations may be used
for CRT:
RCR:
FR
Full Rate channel.
DFR
Dual rate, Full Rate preferred.
DHR
Dual rate, Half Rate preferred.
SCRT:
116
FR
Full Rate channel.
HR
Half Rate channel.
DFRC
Dual rate, Full Rate preferred, Change allowed
after first channel allocation as a result of the
request.
DHRC
Dual rate, Half Rate preferred, Change allowed
after first channel allocation as a result of the
request.
DFRN
Dual rate, Full Rate preferred, change not allowed
after first channel allocation as a result of the
request.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
DHRN
Dual rate, Half Rate preferred, change not
allowed after first channel allocation as a result
of the request.
DRSC
Dual Rate, channel preference indicated by the
speech coder preference, changes between
full rate and half rate allowed after first channel
allocation as a result of the request.
DRSN
Dual Rate, channel preference indicated by the
speech coder preference, changes between full
rate and half rate not allowed after first channel
allocation as a result of the request.
Example:
CRT=FR-FR, DFR-DFRN, DHR-DHRC
(1)
(1) RCR FR can only be combined with SCRT FR.
PSCVL
Type:
Identifier
Range:
FRV1, FRV2, FRV3, FRV5, HRV1, HRV2, HRV3
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
MGTEI, MGTEP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Provided Speech Coder Version List.
The parameter is set for the teleservices Telephony, Auxiliary
telephony, Emergency call and Alternate speech/facsimile.
FRV1
Full Rate speech Version1.
FRV2
Full Rate speech Version2.
FRV3
Full Rate speech Version3.
FRV5
Full Rate speech Version5.
HRV1
Half Rate speech Version1.
HRV2
Half Rate speech Version2.
HRV3
Half Rate speech Version3.
PSCVL must be specified in accordance with the SCRT part
of CRT.
3.7.2
BSC Exchange Property Data
EBANDINCLUDED
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
117
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
EBANDINCLUDED is used to decide whether
channels in the P-GSM 900 band only or whether
also GSM 900 G1 channels are to be considered for
handling of the radio features:
• Half Rate Packing/Dynamic Half Rate Allocation/
Dynamic Half Rate-Full Rate Mode Adaptation
• Cell Load Sharing
• BTS Power Savings
• Subcell Load Distribution
• Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
• GPRS/EGPRS
• GSM - UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover
• Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS)
The following values are available:
0
Only channels in the
P-GSM 900 band are
considered.
1
Channels in all available
GSM 900 bands are
considered.
MAXCHDATARATE
118
Type:
Numeral
Range:
96 and 144
Unit:
-
Default:
96
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
MAXCHDATARATE indicates the maximum
channel data rate allowed in the BSC. The channel
data rates are 9.6 kbit/s (=96) and 14.4 kbit/s (=144).
96
Max allowed data rate is
9.6 kbit/s per channel.
144
Max allowed data rate is
14.4 kbit/s per channel.
SPEECHVERUSED
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
SPEECHVERUSED is used to decide if the used
speech version shall be placed at the top in the list
of allowed speech version at handover.
0
Do not place the used
speech version at the
top in the list of allowed
speech versions.
1
The used speech version
shall be plated at the top
of the list of allowed
speech versions.
AMRSPEECHVERUSE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
AMRSPEECHVERUSE is used to decide if the used
speech version for AMR shall be placed at the top in
the list of allowed speech version at handover.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
119
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
0
Do not place the used
speech version for AMR
at the top in the list of
allowed speech versions.
1
The used speech version
for AMR shall be plated
at the top of the list of
allowed speech versions.
HALFRATESUPP
3.7.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HALFRATESUPP indicates whether
support for HR channels is activated
or not.
0
Support for HR channels is activated
1
Support for HR channels is not
activated
Multislot Configuration - BSC Data
BSCMC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLCDC , RLCDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BSCMC Multiple Channel Switch.
Identifies if more than one full rate TCH are allowed
to be allocated for each MS connection in BSC
internal cells.
120
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.7.4
ON
Multiple channels for
each MS connection are
allowed in cells with the
Multiple Channel switch
MC set to ON.
OFF
Multiple channels are
not allowed for any
MS connection in any
cell, even if the Multiple
Channel switch MC is set
to ON.
Cell Data
CMDR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
96 and 144
Unit:
-
Default:
144
Command:
RLDRC , RLDRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum channel data rate.
MDR is used to set the maximum channel data
rate for the cell. The lowest value of CMDR and
MAXCHDATARATE will be the actual channel data
rate in the cell. The channel data rates are 9.6 kbit/s
(=96) and 14.4 kbit/s (=144).
96
Max allowed data rate is
9.6 kbit/s per channel.
144
Max allowed data rate is
14.4 kbit/s per channel.
CHAP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 13
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLHPC , RLHPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
121
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Channel Allocation Profile.
Each channel allocation profile provides a channel
allocation strategy for all traffic situations. The
strategies differ with respect to the behaviour of the
feature Immediate assignment on TCH, the handling of
GSM Phase 1 and Phase 2 MSs and the allocation of a
channel in an OL subcell.
The following 13 channel allocation profile are available:
122
CHAP = 0
Default
CHAP = 1
Immediate assignment on TCH,
SDCCH chosen first.
CHAP = 2
Immediate assignment on TCH,
TCH chosen first, GSM Phase 2
MSs, Channel Needed provided
by the MSC.
CHAP = 3
Immediate assignment on TCH,
TCH chosen first, GSM Phase
2 MSs, Channel Needed not
provided by the MSC.
CHAP = 4
Immediate assignment on TCH,
TCH chosen first, GSM Phase
1 MSs, Channel Needed not
provided by the MSC.
CHAP = 5
Overlaid subcell as last resort.
CHAP = 6
Immediate assignment on TCH,
SDCCH chosen first, Overlaid
subcell as last resort.
CHAP = 7
equals CHAP = 0.
CHAP = 8
BCCH in overlaid cell.
CHAP = 9
Inter cell handover and
assignment to other cell always
to underlaid subcell (restriction).
CHAP = 10
Inter cell handover and
assignment to other cell always
prioritising underlaid subcell.
CHAP = 11
BCCH in overlaid cell. OL
subcell (only), Immediate
Assignment on TCH, SDCCH
chosen first.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
CHAP = 12
BCCH in overlaid cell. OL
subcell (only), Immediate
Assignment on TCH, TCH
chosen first.
CHAP = 13
Immediate assignment on TCH,
TCH chosen first, Overlaid
subcell as last resort.
NECI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSSC , RLSSP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
New establishments cause indicator.
NECI is used to indicate to a GSM phase 2 MS
whether to use GSM phase 1 establishment
(NECI = 0) causes or the full set of GSM phase 2
establishment causes (NECI = 1).
0
New establishment
causes are NOT
supported.
1
New establishment
causes are supported.
MC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLCDC , RLCDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Multiple Channel switch.
MC identifies if more than one full rate TCH are
allowed to be allocated for each MS connection in
the cell.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
123
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
ON
Multiple channels for
each MS connection
allowed in the cell.
OFF
Multiple channels are
not allowed for any MS
connection in the cell.
CSPSALLOC
Type:
String
Range:
CSPSNOPRF
No selection preference
CSNOPRFPSFIRST
No selection preference
for CS and select TCHs
first for PS
CSNOPRFPSLAST
No selection preference
for CS and select TCHs
last for PS
CSFIRSTPSNOPRF
Select TCHs first for
CS and no selection
preference for PS
CSFIRSTPSLAST
Select TCHs first for CS
and select TCHs last for
PS
CSLASTPSNOPRF
Select TCHs last for
CS and no selection
preference for PS
CSLASTPSFIRST
Select TCHs last for CS
and select TCHs first for
PS
CSLASTPSLAST
Select TCHs last for CS
and select TCHs last for
PS
Unit:
-
Default:
CSPSNOPRF
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter determines if non-hopping TCHs on
the BCCH frequency should be selected first, last or
if there is no preference at CS and PS allocation
CSPSPRIO
124
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
String
Range:
CSPRIO/PSPRIO
Unit:
-
Default:
PSPRIO
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter determines if the CS
selection preference for non-hopping
TCHs on the BCCH frequency has
higher or lower priority than the
criterion to avoid TCH groups with PS
priority.
A53PRIO
3.7.5
Type:
String
Range:
NORMAL, HIGH
Unit:
-
Default:
NORMAL
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter is used to define the priority of
A5/3 ciphering channel capability at singleslot TCH
allocation. It can be set to HIGH in order to prioritize
A5/3 capable channels higher than the avoidance
of EGPRS capable channels, or normal for the
opposite result.
Valid from release:
G10B
Channel Group Data
SAS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
QUALITY, MAIO, MULTI
Unit:
-
Default:
QUALITY
Command:
RLGAC , RLGAP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
125
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Single slot allocation strategy.
QUALITY
Quality consideration
MAIO
MAIO consideration
MULTI
Multi slot consideration
3.8
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration
3.8.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
CHCODING
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
CHCODING is used to the GPRS channel-coding
scheme that will be used for the uplink:
1
CS-1
2
CS-2
The BTS capabilities will be taken into account when
calculation the actual channel coding scheme used
in the cell. All BTS version supporting GPRS also
support CS-2, with the exception of early versions
of RBS2301. If this is the case CS-1 will be used
regardless of the setting of this parameter.
A cell plan optimised for speech will give similar or
better coverage for GPRS traffic for both CS-1 and
CS-2 configurations.
GPRSEDAACT
126
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
GPRS Extended Dynamic Allocation
Activation.
This parameter indicates whether a
support for GPRS Extended Dynamic
Allocation is allowed or not.
0 = OFF
1 = ON
GPRSNWMODE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
GPRSNWMODE sets the GPRS/EGPRS network
operation mode
The following values are available:
1
GPRS/EGPRS Network
operation mode I. The
Gs interface between the
MSC and the SGSN shall
be present. No master
PDCH will be allocated
in the cell.
2
GPRS/EGPRS Network
operation mode II. No
master PDCH will be
allocated in the cell.
PILTIMER
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 3600
Unit:
seconds
Default:
10
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
127
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
When an on-demand PDCH becomes
idle it is placed in the idle list for
the packet switched domain and
PILTIMER is started. When the
PILTIMER expires for a PDCH the
channel is returned to circuit switched
domain.
ONDEMANDGPHDEV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 256
Unit:
-
Default:
20
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
ONDEMANDGPHDEV is used for
setting the number of reserved GPH
devices in an RPP that can be used
for on-demand PDCH only.
ONDEMANDGPHDG2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 512
Unit:
-
Default:
140
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
Comment:
TBFDLLIMIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
10 to 80
7 to 100 (from BSS G12A)
128
Unit:
-
Default:
20
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
When all currently allocated PDCH
have the TBFDLLIMIT number of
TBFs allocated an allocation attempt
of more on-demand PDCH is done. If
the allocation attempt fails, TBFs will
be allocated on the existing PDCH, up
to and including the limit of 80 or 100,
(1)
when congestion occurs.
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
TBFULLIMIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
10 to 60
7 to 70 (from BSS G12A)
Unit:
-
Default:
20
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
When all currently allocated PDCH
have the TBFULLIMIT number of
TBFs allocated an allocation attempt
of more on-demand PDCH is done. If
the allocation attempt fails, TBFs will
be allocated on the existing PDCH, up
to and including the limit of 60 or 70,
(1)
when congestion occurs.
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
PSETCHKPERIOD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 60
Unit:
minutes
Default:
5
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
129
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Periodical check of GPRS dedicated
channels. It sets how often a check will
be performed to verify that the GPRS
dedicated channels are allocated on
the best possible TCH group in the
cell.
GPRS5TSDLACT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates if support for MS multislot
classes 30–33 is available or not.
0 = MS multislot classes 30–33 not
available
1 = MS multislot classes 30–33
available
GPRSNEUTRALACT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates if support for the Neutral
UL/DL state is available or not.
0 = Neutral UL/DL state not available
1 = Neutral UL/DL state available
TBFMODEACT
130
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter defines if change of
TBF mode for QoS traffic classes
Streaming, Interactive and Background
is activated or not.
0 = Change of TBF Mode not activated
1 = Streaming
2 = Interactive and Background
3 = Streaming, Interactive and
Background
TCHOPTIMIZATION
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Used to activate or deactivate the
Optimization of TCH Usage for all cells
in a BSC.
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
MSRACREQCCCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
131
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Used to activate or deactivate
ARAC(Additional Radio Access
Capabilities) retransmission when
EGPRS capable mobiles make a
one-phase access on CCCH.
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
Removed from release:
BSS G12A
MSRACREQPCCCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Used to activate or deactivate
ARAC(Additional Radio Access
Capabilities) retransmission when
EGPRS capable mobiles make a
one-phase access on PCCCH .
0 = Deactivated
1 = Activated
Removed from release:
3.8.2
BSS G12A
Cell Data
GPRS
132
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLGSI, RLGSE , RLGSP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates/deactivates GPRS/EGPRS
support in the cell.
FPDCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 16
(1)
(2)
0 to 8
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
FPDCH is used to dedicate a number
of traffic channels in the cell for
GPRS/EGPRS only. The dedicated
PDCH can not be preempted by circuit
switched traffic. When a master PDCH
is wanted in the cell, that is when
configured for GPRSNWMODE 1 or
3 (see Page 127) the first dedicated
PDCH will be configured as master
PDCH.
(1) the sum of FPDCH and SPDCH is limited to 16
(2) the sum of FPDCH and SPDCH is limited to 8 when extended range is defined per cell
CSPSALLOC
Type:
String
Range:
CSPSNOPRF
No selection preference
CSNOPRFPSFIRST
No selection preference
for CS and select TCHs
first for PS
CSNOPRFPSLAST
No selection preference
for CS and select TCHs
last for PS
CSFIRSTPSNOPRF
Select TCHs first for
CS and no selection
preference for PS
CSFIRSTPSLAST
Select TCHs first for CS
and select TCHs last for
PS
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
133
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CSLASTPSNOPRF
Select TCHs last for
CS and no selection
preference for PS
CSLASTPSFIRST
Select TCHs last for CS
and select TCHs first for
PS
CSLASTPSLAST
Select TCHs last for CS
and select TCHs last for
PS
Unit:
-
Default:
CSPSNOPRF
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter determines if non-hopping TCHs on
the BCCH frequency should be selected first, last or
if there is no preference at CS and PS allocation
CSPSPRIO
Type:
String
Range:
CSPRIO/PSPRIO
Unit:
-
Default:
PSPRIO
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter determines if the CS
selection preference for non-hopping
TCHs on the BCCH frequency has
higher or lower priority than the
criterion to avoid TCH groups with PS
priority.
PDCHPREEMPT
134
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 8
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP.
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Defines what kind of on-demand PDCHs are
possible to preempt for the CS traffic:
0
No PDCHs protected
1
PDCHs used for DTM
protected
2
PDCHS used for
Streaming protected
3
PDCHs used for DTM
and PDCHs used for
Streaming protected
4
Essential PDCHs
protected
5
Essential PDCHs and
PDCHs used for DTM
protected
6
Essential PDCHs
and PDCHs used for
Streaming protected
7
Essential PDCHs and
PDCHs used for DTM
and PDCHs used for
Streaming protected
8
Busy PDCHs protected
PRIMPLIM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 8
Unit:
-
Default:
8
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP. .
O&M:
-
Comments:
PRIMPLIM defines the maximum
number of dedicated and
semi-dedicated PDCHs allowed
in the primary PSET.
PSKONBCCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ENABLED, DISABLED
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
135
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
ENABLED
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to disable the
use of modulations other than GMSK
on the BCCH carrier.
SCALLOC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
UL, OL, BOTHUL, BOTHOL
Unit:
-
Default:
UL
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter restricts and prioritises
GPRS/EGPRS traffic to a certain subcell:
UL
GPRS/EGPRS is
restricted to the underlaid
subcell.
OL
GPRS/EGPRS is
restricted to the overlaid
subcell.
BOTHUL
GPRS is allowed in
both subcells and the
underlaid subcell will be
prioritised.
BOTHOL
GPRS is allowed in both
subcells and the overlaid
subcell will be prioritised.
SPDCH
136
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 16
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Recommended:
2
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Optional preference parameter for the
number of semi-dedicated PDCHs.
GPRSPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter controls whether preemptable ODPDCHs
will be treated as idle or busy for:
Dynamic HR allocation and TCH packing functions (that
is HR packing and DYMA)
Cell Load Sharing (CLS), Hierarchical Cell Structure
(1)
(HCS) and BTS Power Savings
MCPA TX Power Savings and Subcell Load Distribution
GSM-UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover.
(1) CLS and HCS use the same bit
EITEXCLUDED
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITEXCLUDED
defines the number of PDCHs (Packet
Data Channel) excluded from EIT
(Ericsson Instant Talk) usage.
EACPREF
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO,YES
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
137
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
EACPREF can (in the BSC) only be
changed when the cell is in the state
HALTED
Comment:
The parameter EACPREF is used
to indicate if the BCCH shall be
configured on a TRX capable of EPCR
(EGPRS Packet Channel Request) or
on the least capable TRX.
YES: Traverse the list of TRX:s from
the most capable to the least capable.
NO: Traverse the list of TRX:s from
the least capable to the most capable.
EACPREF is only valid for Channel
Group 0.
EFACTOR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
Comment:
The parameter defines the level of
priority EGPRS shall have over GPRS.
0 = OFF
1= Load balacing activated and all
TBFs have same priority
2 – 100 = E-TBFs have higher priority
over G- and B-TBFs
DCDLACT
138
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLDDI, RLDDE, RLDDP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter indicates if the support for Dual
Carrier Downlink (DCDL) is activated in the cell.
ACTIVE
Support for DCDL is
activated in the cell
INACTIVE
Support for DCDL is not
activated in the cell
E2AFACTOR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the level of priority
EGPRS2-A shall have over EGPRS and GPRS.
It also inidicates if E-TBFs may change mode to
B- or G-TBFs so they can be re-reserved on B- or
G-PDCHs when no E-PDCHs are available.
0
OFF
1
Load balancing activated and all TBFs have
same priority. E-TBFs can change mode to
B- or G-TBFs.
2-10 E2A-TBFs have higher priority over E-, G0
and B-TBFs. E-TBFs can change mode to
B- or G-TBFs.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
TBFDLLIM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 7-100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
139
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment:
This parameter indicates the limit for the average
number of simultaneous downlink TBFs on each
PDCH in the cell. PDCH reservations will be
avoided over this limit unless it is not possible to do
the PDCH reservation in another cell.
The parameter works in the same way as
TBFDLLIMIT.
If the value 0 is used then TBF limit for the cell is
defined by BSC exchange property TBFDLLIMIT.
(1)
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
TBFULLIM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 and 7-70
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter indicates the limit for the average
number of simultaneous uplink TBFs on each PDCH
in the cell. PDCH reservations will be avoided over
this limit unless it is not possible to do the PDCH
reservation in another cell.
The parameter works in the same way as
TBFULLIMIT.
If the value 0 is used then TBF limit for the cell is
defined by BSC exchange property TBFULLIMIT.
(1)
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
(1) This parameter has a decimal granularity, that is 20 represents value 2.0.
3.8.3
Channel Group Data
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC
140
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 128
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The wanted number of BPCs in a
channel group to be G-TCH.
NUMREQEGPRSBPC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 128
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The wanted number of BPCs in a
channel group to be E-TCH.
NUMREQE2ABPC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 128
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The wanted number of BPCs in a channel group to
be E2A-TCH.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
TN7BCCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
EGPRS, GPRS
Unit:
-
Default:
GPRS
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
141
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLBDC, RLBDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates if Timeslot Number 7 on the BCCH
frequency can be configured with TCHs supporting
EGPRS2-A, EGPRS and GPRS, or GPRS only.
TN7BCCH is only valid for the channel group 0.
EGPRS
TN7 on the BCCH
frequency can be
configured with TCHs
supporting both
EGPRS2-A, EGPRS
and GPRS.
GPRS
TN7 on the BCCH
frequency can only be
configured with TCHs
supporting GPRS.
ODPDCHLIMIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RLGAC, RLGAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter limits the total number
of on-demand PDCHs in the channel
group. The parameter indicates
a percentage value of number of
deblocked FR TCHs in the channel
group that can be allocated as
(1)
on-demand PDCHs.
(1) The number of TCHs that can be used as on-demand PDCHs will be truncated to an integer.
ETCHTN
142
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
Default:
0 && 7
Command:
RLBDC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
Comment:
ETCHTN is a parameter to decide on which
TNs the EGPRS and EGPRS2A capable BPCs
shall be configured. If for example TN 5&&7 is
specified and the number of EGPRS capable BPCs
(NUMREQEGPRSBPC) is set to 6 then TN 5, 6
and 7 on two different TCHGPRs will be configured
as E-TCHs. It is still possible to allocate E-TCHs
and E2A-TCHs on the TNs that are not indicated by
the parameter ETCHTN when all TNs indicated by
ETCHTN are already configured.
3.9
Dynamic MS Power Control
3.9.1
BSC Data
DTXFUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 40
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
5
Command:
RLMAC, RLMAP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
143
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Number of measurement periods
before the full set of measurements
are used.
The measurement results sent to the
BSC every SACCH period (480 ms)
include a full set of measurements and
a subset of measurements. The full
set of measurements is performed on
each TDMA frame in a basic physical
channel. The subset of measurements
is performed on those TDMA frames
in the basic physical channel where
transmission is guaranteed, see
Reference [10].
The power control algorithm uses the
subset if either DTX is used on a TCH
or during a time period after the call
has just been established on a TCH.
This time period is specified by the
parameter DTXFUL. In all other cases
the power control algorithm uses the
full set.
QLENUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
3
Command:
RLMAC, RLMAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of the uplink quality filter.
REGINTUL
144
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 30
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
1
Command:
RLMAC, RLMAP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Regulation interval, stationary, uplink.
MS power regulation is performed at
intervals specified by REGINTUL. A
new power order is issued only if the
calculated power level is different from
the current MS power level.
SSLENUL
3.9.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
3 to 15
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
3
Command:
RLMAC, RLMAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of stationary signal strength
filter, uplink.
Cell Data
The MS power level can be dynamically controlled during a connection. The
power control strategy is towards a desired signal strength value received in
the BTS.
The BSC calculates the new MS power level by using the data measured by
the BTS and the power level used by the MS, that is the signal strength and the
quality on the uplink and the parameters described below.
The MS can change the power level in steps of 2 dB with a maximum of 8
steps per SACCH period.
DMPSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLPCI, RLPCE, RLPCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
145
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Dynamic MS power control state.
The command RLPCI initiates MS
dynamic power control in a cell. The
command is valid for both underlaid
and overlaid subcells.
AMRPCSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLAPI, RLAPE, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) power
control state.
The feature Dynamic MS Power
Control must be activated in the cell
for the uplink AMR power control to
work in the cell. The feature Dynamic
BTS Power Control must be activated
in the cell for the downlink AMR power
control to work in the cell.
MSRPWROFFSET
146
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-32 to +32
Unit:
dB
Default:
-
Command:
RLMRI, RLMRC, RLMRE, RLMRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
A cell parameter which applies an offset to the MS
power used on the originating channel when the
initial power, to be used on the target channel,
is calculated when Reduced Power Level After
Handover is activated. The parameter is applied
for intra-cell handovers as well as for inter-cell
handovers in to the cell.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.9.3
Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.
In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
SSDESUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
92
Command:
RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for the desired
signal strength uplink as measured by
the BTS in different parts of the power
control interval.
SSDESUL takes a positive value that
represents the corresponding negative
value in calculations.
For AMR FR connections,
SSDESULAFR is used.
SSDESULAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
92
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for AMR FR
connections for the desired signal
strength uplink as measured by the
BTS in different parts of the power
control interval.
SSDESULAFR takes a positive value
that represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
LCOMPUL
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
147
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
6
Command:
RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Path loss compensator factor, uplink.
When set to zero, no power control
towards SSDESUL is performed.
QDESUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality, uplink.
For AMR FR connections,
QDESULAFR is used.
QDESULAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
40
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality, uplink for AMR FR
connections.
QCOMPUL
148
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
75
Command:
RLPCC, RLPCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality deviation compensation factor,
uplink. When set to zero, no quality
compensation is performed.
SSDESULAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
92
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for AMR HR
connections for the desired signal
strength uplink as measured by the
BTS in different parts of the power
control interval. SSDESULAHR
takes a positive value that represents
the corresponding negative value in
calculations.
QDESULAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
o to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality uplink for AMR HR
connections.
SSDESULAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47–110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
149
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
92
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the target value for AMR-WB
connections for the desired signal
strength uplink as measured by the
BTS in different parts of the power
control interval.
QDESULAWB
3.10
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Desired quality, uplink for AMR-WB
connections.
GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control
GPRS/EGPRS Dynamic MS Power Control controls the output power of an MS
in GPRS/EGPRS during a connection. The controlling strategy is that desired
signal strength shall be received in the BTS.
3.10.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
ALPHA
150
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 10
Unit:
0.1
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.10.2
O&M:
-
Comments:
ALPHA is sent from the BSC to the
MS and decides the level of reduction
of the MS output power in relation to
the path loss. The values are given
as a multiple of 10, that is the value 5
means the reduction level of 0.5.
Cell Data
GAMMA
3.11
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 62, even values
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
GAMMA is sent from the BSC to
the MS to give a target value for the
received signal strength at the BTS.
Dynamic BTS Power Control
The BTS power level can be dynamically controlled during a connection. The
power control strategy is towards a desired signal strength value received in
the MS.
The BSC calculates the new BTS power level by using the data measured by
the MS, that is the signal strength and the quality on the downlink TCH carriers
and the parameters described below. A compensation is performed in the case
of frequency hopping, which takes into consideration that bursts received and
measured by the MS may have been transmitted at different power levels. The
power level on channels at the BCCH frequency is not controlled.
The BTS can change its power level in steps of 2 dB, while the maximum
configurable change is 30 dB.
3.11.1
BSC Data
REGINTDL
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
151
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 10
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
1
Command:
RLBAC, RLBAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Regulation interval, downlink.
Defines the minimum interval between
power order commands.
SSLENDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
3 to 15
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
3
Command:
RLBAC, RLBAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of downlink signal strength
filter.
QLENDL
3.11.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
3
Command:
RLBAC, RLMAC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Length of the downlink quality filter.
Cell Data
DBPSTATE
152
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE/INACTIVE
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLBCI, RLBCE, RLBCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Dynamic BTS power control state.
The command RLBCI initiates BTS
dynamic power control in a cell. The
command is valid for both underlaid
and overlaid subcells.
AMRPCSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE or INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLAPI, RLAPE, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) power
control state.
The feature Dynamic MS Power
Control must be activated in the cell
for the uplink AMR power control to
work in the cell. The feature Dynamic
BTS Power Control must be activated
in the cell for the downlink AMR power
control to work in the cell.
BSRPWROFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-32 to +32
Unit:
dB
Default:
-
Command:
RLBRI, RLBRC, RLBRE, RLBRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
153
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
A cell parameter which applies an offset to the
BTS down regulation used on the originating
channel when the initial power, to be used on the
target channel, is calculated when Reduced Power
Level After Handover is activated. The parameter
is applied to intra-cell handovers as well as for
inter-cell handovers in to the cell.
DLPCG
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter activates and deactivates PS
Downlink Power Control for GPRS in a cell.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
DLPCE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter activates and deactivates PS
Downlink Power Control for EGPRS in a cell.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
DLPCE2A
154
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RFPCI, RFPCE, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter activates and deactivates PS
Downlink Power Control for EGPRS2-A in a cell.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
INITDLPCG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-5 (corresponding to
initial power reduction of
0 - 10 dB)
Unit:
dB (negative)
Default:
0
Command:
RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter sets the initial power reduction level
used for PS Downlink Power Control for GPRS in
a cell. Values 0 to 4 maps to a fixed initial power
reduction level. Value 5 means that the initial power
reduction level is based on the estimated downlink
path loss.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
INITDLPCE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-5 (corresponding to
initial power reduction of
0 - 10 dB)
Unit:
dB (negative)
Default:
0
Command:
RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter sets the initial power reduction level
used for PS Downlink Power Control for EGPRS in
a cell. Values 0 to 4 maps to a fixed initial power
reduction level. Value 5 means that the initial power
reduction level is based on the estimated downlink
path loss.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
155
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
INITDLPCE2A
3.11.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-5 (corresponding to
initial power reduction of
0 - 10 dB)
Unit:
dB (negative)
Default:
0
Command:
RFPCC, RFPCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter sets the initial power reduction level
used for PS Downlink Power Control for EGPRS2-A
in a cell. Values 0 to 4 maps to a fixed initial power
reduction level. Value 5 means that the initial power
reduction level is based on the estimated downlink
path loss.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.
In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
SSDESDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
90
Command:
RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for the desired
signal strength downlink as measured
by the MS in different parts of the
power control interval.
SSDESDL takes a positive value that
represents the corresponding negative
value in the calculations.
For AMR FR connections,
SSDESDLAFR is used.
156
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
SSDESDLAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
90
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for AMR FR
connections for the desired signal
strength downlink as measured by
the MS in different parts of the power
control interval.
SSDESDLAFR takes a positive value
that represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
LCOMPDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
5
Command:
RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Path loss compensator factor,
downlink. When set to zero there is no
power control towards SSDESDL.
QDESDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLBCC, RLBCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
157
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality, downlink.
For AMR FR connections
QDESDLAFR is used.
QDESDLAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
40
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality, downlink for AMR FR
connections.
QCOMPDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
55
Command:
RLBCC, RLBCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Quality deviation compensation factor,
downlink. When set to zero, no quality
compensation is performed.
BSPWRMIN
158
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-20 to +50
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-20
Command:
RLBCC, RLBCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum allowed output power for the
BTS at the locating reference point, on
the non-BCCH frequencies.
Normally, the down control of the BTS
output power will continue according
to the calculated power order or
until the hardware limit of the BTS
has been reached. If one desires
to stop the down control at a higher
level, BSPWRMIN can be used. If
BSPWRMIN is set to a higher value
than the hardware limit the power
control will stop at BSPWRMIN.
SSDESDLAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
90
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the target value for AMR HR
connections for the desired signal
strength downlink as measured by
the MS in different parts of the power
control interval. SSDESDLAHR
takes a positive value that represents
the corresponding negative value in
calculations.
QDESDLAHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
o to 76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Desired quality downlink for AMR HR
connections.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
159
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
QDESDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–76
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
30
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Desired quality, downlink for AMR-WB
connections.
SSDESDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47-110
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
90
Command:
RLAPC, RLAPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the target value for AMR-WB
connections for the desired signal
strength downlink as measured by
the MS in different parts of the power
control interval.
3.12
Discontinuous Transmission
3.12.1
Cell Data
DTXD
160
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLCXC, RLCXP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Discontinuous Transmission Downlink. With
downlink DTX ON the transmitter in the BTS is
switched off during pauses in speech or data
transmission.
ON
DTX downlink enabled in
the BSC for the cell.
OFF
DTX downlink disabled
in the BSC for the cell.
The DTXD parameter is defined on a per cell basis
and the function affects all TCHs allocated on the
non BCCH carrier in the cell, for both speech and
non-transparent data transmission.
When a call is in TFO mode or the call is made in
a BSC with A-interface over IP without transcoders
in the BSC/TRC, the transmitter in the BTS will be
switched off during pauses in speech also when
DTXD is set to OFF.
DTXU
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSSC, RLSSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Uplink DTX indicator.
0
The MSs may use
uplink discontinuous
transmission.
1
The MSs shall use
uplink discontinuous
transmission.
2
The MSs must not use
uplink discontinuous
transmission.
Uplink discontinuous transmission means that
the MS does not transmit continuously, but only
when necessary, thus being able to save batteries
(Reference [8], section 10.5.2.3).
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
161
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.13
Frequency Hopping
3.13.1
Channel Group Data
HOP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLCHC, RLCFP
O&M:
When changing the parameter from OFF to ON
all ongoing calls in the channel group might be
dropped.
Comments:
Frequency hopping status.
ON
The hopping status for
the channel group is
hopping for TCH and
SDCCH.
OFF
The hopping status for
the channel group is non
-hopping.
SDCCHs as well as TCHs can hop. A BCCH will not
hop even if it belongs to a channel group defined
as hopping.
HSN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M:
Changing of this parameter might cause all ongoing
calls in the channel group to be dropped.
Comments:
Hopping sequence number.
The hopping BPC is transmitted on a set of
frequencies included in a Hopping Frequency Set
(HFS). The order of the frequencies to transmit on is
defined by the hopping sequence number HSN, as
described in Reference [9].
162
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
HSN = 0
cyclic hopping sequence.
HSN = 1 to 63
random sequences.
BCCD
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLCHC , RLCHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if the channel group frequencies are allowed (YES)
or not (NO) for Immediate Assignment.
It might not be possible to set BCCD=YES for all channel
groups in the cell. This is due to restrictions on the
maximum number of hopping frequencies allowed for
Immediate Assignment and their maximum ranges for
different frequency bands (1x00 stands for 1800 or 1900):
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Frequency band(s)
in the cell
Number of
hopping freqs
for ImmAss
Max range
800
1-22
any
800
23-64
112
900,P
1-64
any
900,P&G1
1-22
any
900,P&G1
23-64
112
1x00
1-18
any
1x00
19-22
256
1x00
23-64
112
800 & 900,P
1-22
any
800 & 900,P
23-64
112
800 & 900,P&G1
1-18
any
800 & 900,P&G1
19-22
256
800 & 900,P&G1
23-64
112
800 & 1x00
1-16
any
800 & 1x00
17-18
512
900,P & 1x00
1-16
any
163
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
900,P & 1x00
17-18
512
900,P & 1x00
19-22
256
900,P & G1 & 1x00
1-16
any
900,P & G1 & 1x00
17-18
512
900,P & G1 & 1x00
19-22
256
900,P & G1 & 1x00
23-64
112
(1)
(1) The range stretches over the modulo 1024 border. For example, the frequencies ARFCN
1003, 1005, 4, 7 and 8 are within the range of 29.
MAIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31 or DEFAULT
Unit:
-
Default:
DEFAULT
Command:
RLCHC, RLCFP.
O&M:
Changing of this parameter might
cause all ongoing calls in the channel
group to be dropped.
Comments:
Mobile Allocation Index Offset.
MAIO is a parameter that will allow
the operator to specify a list of up to
32 MAIO values, in the order in which
they are to be allocated to a channel
group. This parameter can also be
set to DEFAULT, which removes the
manual MAIO list in favour for the
default MAIO list.
164
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
The number of MAIO values in the list
stretches from 0 up to one less than
the number of frequencies in the HFS.
For example If there are 9 frequencies
in the HFS, the MAIO list will contain
the values 0-8.
The order of the MAIO values in the
default list is arranged in a "first even
then odd MAIO values" manner. This
means that the beginning of the list
will consist of all even MAIO values
in ascending order. After these even
values all the odd values are arranged
in ascending order, for example for a
hopping group with 9 frequencies the
default list will be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 1, 3, 5
and 7.
The actual MAIO values to be used
for a channel group depend on the
number of TRXs in the channel group.
If for example three TRXs are used
for a CHGR, only the first three MAIO
values in the MAIO list will be used.
With 9 frequencies in the hopping
group and three TRX, the used default
MAIO values would be 0, 2 and 4.
The remaining values will not be used
unless additional TRXs are added.
3.13.2
Hardware Characteristic Data
FHOP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
BB, SY
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the TG is out of service.
Comments:
Frequency Hopping.
The frequency hopping to be performed in the TG.
BB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Baseband hopping.
165
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SY
Synthesiser hopping.
Frequency hopping can be achieved by two
methods, baseband or synthesiser hopping. The
parameter FHOP indicates the frequency hopping
mode in the TG. When the TG is connected to a
filter combiner only baseband hopping can be used.
When baseband hopping is performed each TX is
transmitting on a fixed frequency, that is frequency
hopping for a basic physical channel (BPC) is
obtained by switching TXs between each TDMA
frame.
For synthesiser hopping the TX switches frequencies
for every TDMA frame sent. In other words, each
BPC is carried by one single TX, except when a
BCCH burst is transmitted. The BCCH burst is in
that case carried by the TX that transmits the BCCH
frequency.
COMB
Type:
Identifier
Range:
FLT, HYB
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the TG is out of service.
Comments:
Combiner type used in the TG.
FLT
Filter combiner.
HYB
Hybrid combiner.
In case of a filter combiner, only baseband hopping
can be provided, while hybrid combiners support
both baseband and synthesiser hopping.
CONFMD
166
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NODEL, CMD, FASTREC, MINDIST
Unit:
-
Default:
NODEL
Command:
RXMSC, RXMOC, RXMOP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the TG is out of service.
Comments:
Configuration method.
Indicates the method to configure BTS equipment.
All configurations are done per channel group.
Within a channel group, each hopping group is
configured one by one. A hopping group is a
group of BPCs in the same cell, using the same
timeslot number in the TDMA frame but on different
transceiver, configured so that they are all hopping
using the same set of frequencies.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
NODEL
Indicates that no BPC
can be deleted as a
result of a command
ordered hopping
frequency set (HFS)
extension. A command
ordered HFS Extension
is not permitted for
the TG. No HFS
Extension is performed
when previously
faulty BTS equipment
recovers. Consequently,
recovered BTS
equipment may not
be fully utilised.
CMD
Indicates that a
command ordered
HFS Extension can
be performed for
the TG. No HFS
extension is performed
when previously
faulty BTS equipment
recovers. Consequently,
recovered BTS
equipment may not
be fully utilised. If a HFS
Extension is ordered
by command then all
available BTS equipment
(where required) is fully
utilised.
167
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
MINDIST
Indicates that
disturbance of ongoing
traffic is minimized.
HFS Extension is
performed automatically
and immediately when
required.
FASTREC
Indicates that maximum
traffic capacity is
recovered as fast
as possible. HFS
Extension is performed
automatically and
immediately when
required.
3.14
Intra Cell Handover
3.14.1
Cell/Subcell Data
These parameters may be defined different for underlaid and overlaid subcells.
In case there is no subcell structure defined, they are defined per cell.
IHO
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Intra cell handover switch.
ON
Intra cell handover is
allowed.
OFF
Intra cell handover is not
allowed.
Intra cell handover is a channel change between
two channels within the same subcell and if certain
conditions are fulfilled a subcell change within a cell.
TMAXIHO
168
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 60
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
6
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timer for handover counter.
The handover counter is 0 initially.
When an intra-cell handover occurs,
the counter is incremented by 1 and
a timer is started. If another intra cell
handover occurs before the timer has
expired, the counter is incremented
again by 1 and the timer is restarted.
If the timer expires, the counter is set
to 1. The process continues until the
counter reaches its maximum value
specified by MAXIHO. In that case the
counter is set to 0 and further intra-cell
handover attempts are inhibited during
a time interval determined by TIHO.
This timer will not start before TINIT
has elapsed.
TMAXIHO defines the time interval for
the above-mentioned timer.
TIHO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 60
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
10
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Intra cell handover inhibition timer.
MAXIHO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
169
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
3
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum number of consecutive
intra-cell handovers.
QOFFSETUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for quality uplink.
In the locating procedure for intra-cell
handover, an algorithm is used to
calculate the allowed quality for
measured signal strength. Each
measured signal strength value plus
corresponding signal strength offset
corresponds to a calculated allowed
quality level. If the measured quality
level, RXQUAL, is worse than the
calculated allowed quality level for
the measured signal strength plus
a corresponding quality offset, an
intra cell handover is requested. The
algorithm is applied to both uplink and
downlink signal strength and quality
measurements.
For AMR FR connections,
QOFFSETULAFR is used.
QOFFSETULAFR
170
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
0
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for quality uplink for AMR FR
connections.
QOFFSETDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for quality downlink.
For AMR FR connections,
QOFFSETDLAFR is used.
QOFFSETDLAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
Deci transformed GSM quality units
(dtqu)
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for quality downlink for AMR FR
connections.
SSOFFSETUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
171
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for signal strength uplink.
For AMR FR connections,
SSOFFSETULAFR is used.
SSOFFSETULAFR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for signal strength uplink for
AMR FR connections.
SSOFFSETDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for signal strength downlink.
For AMR FR connections,
SSOFFSETDLAFR is used.
SSOFFSETDLAFR
172
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Offset for signal strength downlink for
AMR FR connections.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
QOFFSETDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Offset for quality downlink for AMR-WB
connections
QOFFSETULAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-50 to +50
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Offset for quality uplink for AMR-WB
connections.
SSOFFSETDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Offset for signal strength downlink for
AMR-WB connections.
SSOFFSETULAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-30 to +30
Unit:
dB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
173
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
0
Command:
RLIHC, RLIHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Offset for signal strength uplink for
AMR-WB connections.
3.15
Assignment to Other Cell
3.15.1
BSC Data
ASSOC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Switch which defines if assignment to cells other
than serving cell is allowed, that is instead of
allocating a TCH within the serving cell a TCH is
allocated in another cell during assignment.
ON
Allowed.
OFF
Not allowed.
IBHOASS
174
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Switch, which defines if, inter BSC handover is
allowed during assignment.
ON
Allowed.
OFF
Not Allowed.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.15.2
Cell Data
AW
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Assignment to worse cell switch. Identifies if
assignment to worse cell is allowed from that cell.
Assignment is a phase during call set up. When
the call is established on an SDCCH and is
through connected in the MSC, the MSC sends an
assignment request to the BSC to order channel
allocation.
Assignment to worse cell is a feature, which allows
allocation of a TCH in a cell ranked worse in the
locating procedure than the serving cell.
3.15.3
ON
Assignment to worse cell
is allowed.
OFF
Assignment to worse cell
is not allowed.
Neighbor Cell Data
CAND
Type:
Identifier
Range:
AWN, NHN, BOTH
Unit:
-
Default:
BOTH
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Candidate type.
Indicates in which cases the related cell shall be
treated as a possible handover candidate.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
175
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
AWN
Neighbor at assignment
to worse cell.
NHN
Neighbor at normal
handover and at
assignment to better
cell.
BOTH
Both of the above.
AWOFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLNRC, RLNRP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength region where
assignment to worse cell is allowed.
AWOFFSET and BQOFFSET are
used to define the regions along the
cell border where assignment to worse
cell and bad quality urgency handover
are allowed.
3.16
Overlaid/Underlaid Subcells / Subcell Load Distribution
/ Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse
The serving area of an overlaid subcell is defined by four parameters. There
are three ways of restricting the size of an overlaid subcell; by restricting the
pathloss, distance to cell border and by limiting the cell radius.
Note:
Separate parameters to restrict the serving area of the CHGR 0 exist.
See Section 3.16.4 on page 181.
By the use of subcell load distribution, the system will simultaneously evaluate
the traffic load in both the underlaid and the overlaid subcells and distribute
traffic between the subcells.
Note:
3.16.1
Subcell Load Distribution evaluations are not performed at all for
channels in multislot configurations.
BSC Exchange Property Data
DTCBSC
176
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.16.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if the DTCB criterion is taken
into consideration during subcell
changes (1) or not (0).
SCLD Data
SCLD
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLLC, RLLLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Subcell Load Distribution status.
ON
Cell active for Subcell
Load Distribution.
OFF
Cell not active for Subcell
Load Distribution.
SCLDLUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 99
Unit:
%
Default:
20
Command:
RLLLC, RLLLP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
177
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Subcell Load Distribution Lower Limit
Underlaid subcell.
Percentage level of idle full rate
capable TCHs in the underlaid subcell,
at or below which Subcell Load
Distribution from underlaid to overlaid
subcell will be attempted. No attempt
to distribute traffic connections will be
made if the percentage of idle TCHs in
the overlaid subcell already is or would
become equal to or less than the limit
defined by SCLDLOL.
SCLDLOL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 99
Unit:
%
Default:
20
Command:
RLLLC, RLLLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Subcell Load Distribution Lower Limit
Overlaid subcell.
Percentage level of idle full rate
capable TCHs in the overlaid subcell,
at or below which Subcell Load
Distribution from overlaid to underlaid
subcell will be attempted. No attempt
to distribute traffic connections will be
made if the percentage of idle TCHs
in the underlaid subcell already is or
would become equal to or less than
the limit defined by SCLDLUL.
SCLDSC
178
Type:
Identifier
Range:
UL, OL
Unit:
-
Default:
UL
Command:
RLLLC, RLLLP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Subcell Load Distribution Subcell
priority. Specifies which subcell that is
preferred at channel allocation.
UL: Underlaid subcell is preferred.
OL: Overlaid subcell is preferred.
3.16.3
Overlaid Subcell Data
LOL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200
Unit:
dB
Default:
-
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Pathloss threshold. It defines the OL
subcell coverage border in terms of
the pathloss from the serving cell.
LOLHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for the pathloss criterion
during evaluations for the OL subcell
coverage.
DTCB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-63 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
-63
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
179
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Distance to cell border threshold.
It defines the OL subcell coverage
border in terms of the signal strength
difference between the active channel
and the strongest neighbouring
BCCHs.
DTCBHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
2
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for the DTCB criterion
during evaluations for the OL subcell
coverage.
NDIST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
10
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Distance to cell border additional
threshold. When added to DTCB,
it defines the OL subcell coverage
border in terms of the signal strength
difference between the active
channel and the strongest NNCELLS
neighbouring BCCHs.
If NNCELLS is seto to 1, NDIST is
obsolete.
NNCELLS
180
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 5
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Number of strongest neighbouring
BCCHs for the DTCB criterion. See
the comments for NDIST, see Page
180.
TAOL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 61
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
-
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timing advance threshold. It defines
the OL subcell timing advance border.
TAOLHYST
3.16.4
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 61
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
0
Command:
RLOLC, RLOLP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for the timing advance
criterion during evaluations for the OL
subcell coverage.
Tight BCCH Frequency Reuse Cell Data
Note:
Separate parameters to restrict the serving area of the CHGR 0 in
terms of cell radius (TA) and additional DTCB criterion using NNCELLS
and NDIST are not available.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
181
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
BCCHREUSE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
TIGHT, NORMAL
Unit:
-
Default:
NORMAL
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BCCH frequency Reuse. Specifies
if the BCCH frequency reuse is
considered tight so that pathloss and
DTCB criteria should be specifically
evaluated for channel group 0.
TIGHT: Pathloss and DTCB are
specifically evaluated for channel
group 0. BCCHLOSS and BCCHDTCB
are used for channel group 0.
NORMAL: Pathloss and DTCB are
not specifically evaluated for channel
group 0. LOL and DTCB are used for
all channel groups.
BCCHLOSS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–200
Unit:
dB
Default:
200
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Pathloss threshold for the BCCH
channel group. It defines the CHGR
0 service coverage border in terms of
the pathloss from the serving cell.
BCCHLOSSHYST
182
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for the pathloss criterion
during evaluations for the CHGR 0
service coverage.
BCCHDTCB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
063–63
Unit:
dB
Default:
063
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Distance to cell border threshold
for the BCCH channel group. It
defines the CHGR 0 service coverage
border in terms of the signal strength
difference between the active channel
and the strongest neighbouring cells'
BCCHs.
BCCHDTCBHYST
3.17
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
dB
Default:
2
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for the DTCB criterion
during evaluations for the CHGR 0
service coverage.
Hierarchical Cell Structures
Note:
In a bad quality urgency situation or at assignment if assignment to
worse cell is permitted, HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) ranking is
omitted.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
183
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.17.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
HCSCHAVAILTIMER
Type:
Numeral
Range:
200–500
Unit:
ms
Default:
500
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time interval for checking the level
of idle TCHs for cells active for HCS
Traffic Distribution. The time interval
values shall be given in multiples of
100 milliseconds.
HCSTRAFDISSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Used to activate (1) or deactivate (0)
the HCS traffic distribution for all cells
in a BSC, and thus it will start/stop
the monitoring of the cells’ channel
availabilities (for HCS).
MAXCELLSINLAYER
184
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–31
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the number of cells of the
same layer that can be prioritized by
HCS.
MAXDBDEVINLAYER
3.17.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
dB
Default:
3
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the maximum value in dB that
a cell in a layer can deviate from the
strongest cell in the same layer and
still be prioritized by HCS.
BSC data
HCSBANDHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
2
Command:
RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HCS band hysteresis.
The signal strength hysteresis for the
HCSBAND threshold.
THO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
10 to 100
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
30
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
185
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time interval for measuring the
number of handovers allowed (NHO)
before an MS is considered as a fast
moving mobile.
This will only be performed if the
feature Handling of fast-moving
mobiles is activated in the cell
(FASTMSREG).
NHO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
2 to 10
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLLBC, RLLBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Number of handovers during THO
that are allowed before an MS is
considered as a fast moving mobile. If
the number exceeds or equals NHO,
the MS attempts to go to the strongest
higher layer cell at the next handover.
This will only be performed if the
feature Handling of fast-moving
mobiles is activated in the cell
(FASTMSREG).
HCSBAND
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 8
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hierarchical Cell Structure band.
HCSBAND defines the priority for a
layer or group of layers. HCS band 1
has the highest priority.
186
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
HCSBANDTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
95
Command:
RLHBC, RLHBP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HCSBANDTHR is the signal strength
threshold for the HCS band criterion.
HCSBANDTHR takes a positive value,
which represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
3.17.3
Cell Data
For information about PLAYER and PHCSTHR see Section 3.6.2 on page 112
LAYER
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 8
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell layer, that is the priority of the cell.
Each cell belongs to a layer. A layer
is connected to a HCSBAND with the
command RLHBC. Layer 1 has the
highest priority. It is recommended that
the layers are defined in increasing
order connected to the size of the area
the cells cover.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
187
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Numeral 1 ~ 3 (HCS with 3 layers and
no HCS band)
Numeral 1 ~ 8 (HCS with 8 layers and
8 HCS bands)
The HCS feature with 3 layers allows
building a network in a two- or
three-layered structure. The higher
layers can for example be used for
large cells and the lower for small cells.
Cells in layer 1 have higher priority
than cells in layer 2, which in turn have
higher priority than cells in layer 3.
With eight layers it is possible to
assign unique layers to indoor cells,
microcells, macrocells and possibly
umbrella cells of each system type.
The first issue here is to define the
HCSBAND and prioritise them in an
efficient way with respect to capacity.
The low loaded system type should
have priority over the higher loaded
system type. Dedicated sub bands
for indoor or microcells should have
priority over larger cells within the
own system type. Each HCS band
may be further divided into indoor cell
prioritised over microcells prioritised
over macrocells.
LAYERTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 150
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
75
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The signal strength threshold is used
for ranking of cells in different layers
within each HCSBAND.
LAYERTHR takes a positive value,
which represents the corresponding
negative value in calculations.
188
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
LAYERHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
2
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Layer hysteresis. The signal strength
hysteresis is used for ranking
cells in different layers within each
HCSBAND.
PSSTEMP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Signal strength penalty temporary
offset.
When a fast moving MS connected
to a higher layer (lower priority) cell
passes through a lower layer (higher
priority) cell's coverage area, it might
be undesirable that the MS performs
a handover to the lower layer cell.
Therefore a penalty, PSSTEMP, can
be temporarily assigned to the lower
layer cell while a timer is running. The
timer starts when the lower layer cell
is first reported as a neighbor and runs
for a period specified by PTIMTEMP.
PTIMTEMP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 600
Unit:
Seconds
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
189
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
0
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Penalty duration.
PTIMTEMP specifies the duration
during which PSSTEMP is valid.
FASTMSREG
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Handling of fast-moving mobiles switch.
ON
Handling of fast-moving
mobiles switched on.
OFF
Handling of fast-moving
mobiles switched off.
HCSIN
190
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HCS traffic distribution level threshold
to allow HCS handover into a cell.
HCS handover into an internal
neighbour cell is allowed when the
channel availability of the neighbour
cell is above or equal to its HCSIN
threshold. When the default value for
HCSIN is used it is always allowed to
perform HCS handover into the cell.
This parameter is only valid for internal
neighbour cells.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
HCSOUT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
-
Default:
100
Command:
RLLHC, RLLHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HCS traffic distribution level threshold
to allow HCS handover out from a cell.
HCS handover out from the serving
cell is allowed when the channel
availability of the serving cell is below
or equal to its HCSOUT threshold.
When the default value for HCSOUT
is used it is always allowed to perform
HCS handover out from the cell.
3.18
Extended Range
3.18.1
Cell Data
XRANGE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed in cell
state HALTED.
Comments:
Extended range cell.
If the cell is an extended range cell, traffic at a
distance of greater than 35 km between the MS and
the BTS can be supported
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
YES
The cell is an extended
range cell.
NO
The cell is a normal cell.
191
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
The purpose of the function Extended Range is to
provide Ericsson's GSM system with a possibility
to carry traffic at a larger distance from the base
station than the normal GSM range of 35 km. In
sparsely populated areas such as deserts, coastal
areas, maritime environments and so on, large cells
could be valuable.
In order to configure cells with both normal and
extended range channels, a subcell structure shall
be used. The normal range channels will then be
placed in the overlaid cell, while the extended range
channels will be in the underlaid cell.
(1)
(1) This parameter can only be set for internal cells.
MAXTA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63 (normal cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
63
Command:
RLLDC, RLLDP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum timing advance before an MS is
considered lost.
If the measured timing advance value for an access
burst is equal to or greater than MAXTA, then the
connection set-up signalling is terminated by the
system.
If the measured and averaged timing advance value
for an ongoing call is equal or greater than MAXTA,
the call is released.
The useful range of MAXTA is
0 to 219
Extended range cells
with RBS2000.
0 to 63
Normal range cells.
(1)
(1) MAXTA should always be greater than the parameter TALIM (see Page 192). MAXTA is a
hard limit compared to TALIM, which is a soft limit.
TALIM
192
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63 (normal range cell).
0 to 219 (extended range cell)
Unit:
Bit periods (bp)
Default:
62
Command:
RLLUC, RLLUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Timing advance limit for handover. Urgency
detection parameter.
TALIM determines the maximum timing advance
that the MS is recommended to use in the cell.
If the measured and averaged timing advance value
is equal to or greater than TALIM, the cell must be
abandoned urgently if there exists a neighbouring
cell that can take over the connection. If no such
cell exists no action is taken.
The useful range of TALIM is
3.19
Double BA Lists
3.19.1
Cell Data
0 to 219
Extended range cells
with RBS2000.
0 to 63
Normal range cells.
MBCCHNO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
128 to 251 (GSM 800).
1 to 124 (GSM 900, P-band).
0, 975 to 1023 (GSM 900, G1-band).
512 to 885 (GSM 1800). 512 to 810 (GSM 1900).
Unit:
ARFCN
Default:
-
Command:
RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
193
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Absolute RF channel number for measurement on
BCCH.
The number is the absolute RF channel number for
the BCCH for cells to be measured on by a mobile
station in the cell.
MBCCHNO is the BCCH allocation, that is it indicates
to the MS the frequencies that must be monitored
and measured in idle, active or both modes. This
number is sent to MSs in the system information
messages, on the BCCH channel in idle mode, and
on the SACCH in active mode.
Up to 32 BCCH carriers can be defined by specifying
their ARFCN.
The measurement reports from the MS are sent
to the BSC on the SACCH, indicating the signal
strength and quality of the serving link and the signal
strength, frequency, and BSIC from the six BTSs with
strongest signal strength. Only measurements from
neighbouring cells that fulfil the requirement that their
BCCH has a frequency as indicated by MBCCHNO
and an NCC as indicated by NCCPERM are valid.
To be allowed to perform a handover to any of the
measured cells it is also necessary that the measured
cell is defined as a neighbor to the serving cell. Up to
64 different cells can be defined as neighbours.
LISTTYPE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
IDLE, ACTIVE, Omitted
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter identifies which type of
list the chosen frequencies will be on.
When the MS is in idle or active mode,
it will measure on the frequencies on
the corresponding list.
If LISTTYPE is not specified, both lists
are affected.
MRNIC
194
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
MRNIC, Omitted
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLMFC, RLMFP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Measurement Results Not Interpreted
Correctly.
If the string MRNIC is added in the
command RLMFC, the updating of
the measurement frequencies are
performed immediately. In this case
the measurement results are not
interpreted correctly for a period of
time.
3.20
Idle Channel Measurements
3.20.1
Cell Data
This function is designed to measure the uplink interference levels on idle
channels in order to obtain statistical data, as well as an ideal ranking of
the channels according to their interference levels. In this way, the logical
channel with least interference is allocated during the immediate assignment
and assignment procedures. The function is initiated on a per cell basis using
the command RLIMI.
ICMSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, PASSIVE, NOALLOC
Unit:
-
Default:
PASSIVE
Command:
RLIMI, RLIMP , RLIME.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Idle Channel Measurement State.
ACTIVE
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
The measurements
made are used for
statistical purposes and
at channel allocation.
195
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
PASSIVE
No idle channel
measurements are
made.
NOALLOC
The measurements
are used for statistical
purposes only.
NOALLOC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NOALLOC, Omitted
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLIMI, RLIMP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
When this string is added to
the command RLIMI, then idle
channel measurements will not be
used at channel allocation. The
measurements are in this case used
merely for statistical purposes.
INTAVE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 31
Unit:
SACCH periods (480 ms)
Default:
6
Command:
RLIMC, RLIMP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
The number of measurements that
should be used in the calculation of
the interference band for a channel.
LIMITn
196
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
LIMIT1: 0 to 59
LIMIT2: 1 to 60
LIMIT3: 2 to 61
LIMIT4: 3 to 62
Unit:
-
Default:
LIMIT1: 2
LIMIT2: 6
LIMIT3: 12
LIMIT4: 22
Command
:
RLIMC, RLIMP.
O&M:
-
Comments This parameter defines threshold limits for five different
:
interference bands. The limits must be defined in ascending order
according to the following:
LIMIT1 < LIMIT2 < LIMIT3 < LIMIT4.
LIMIT1
Interference measurements
in band 1 which have values
ranging from LIMIT1 and below.
LIMIT2
Interference measurements
in band 2, which have values
ranging from LIMIT1 up to and
including LIMIT2.
LIMIT3
Interference measurements
in band 3, which have values
ranging from LIMIT2 up to and
including LIMIT3.
LIMIT4
Interference measurements
in band 4, which have values
ranging from LIMIT3 up to and
including LIMIT4.
The values assigned to each threshold correspond to dBm values
internally.
0
< –110 dBm
1
–110 dBm to –109 dBm
2
–109 dBm to –108 dBm
...
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
197
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.21
–50 dBm to –49 dBm
62
–49 dBm to –48 dBm
Cell Load Sharing
Note:
3.21.1
61
Cell load sharing evaluations are not performed at all for channels in
multislot configurations.
BSC Data
LSSTATE
3.21.2
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLLSI, RLLSE, RLLSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell load sharing active/inactive in the
BSC.
BSC Exchange Property Data
CLSTIMEINTERVAL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
100 to 1000
Unit:
ms
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time interval for checking the level of
idle TCHs for cells active for Cell load
sharing.
The time interval values shall be given
in multiples of 100 milliseconds.
198
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.21.3
Cell Data
CLSSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLLCI, RLLCE, RLLCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell load sharing active/inactive for
an individual cell. For CLSSTATE
activation to have effect, LSSTATE
must be activated.
CLSACC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
40
Command:
RLLCC. , RLLCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Percentage of available full rate
capable traffic channels, in a target
cell, at or below which no handovers
due to Cell Load Sharing will be
accepted.
CLSLEVEL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 99
Unit:
%
Default:
20
Command:
RLLCC, RLLCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
199
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Percentage of available full rate
capable traffic channels at which
or below which Cell load sharing
evaluations are initiated. The value
of CLSLEVEL must be less than the
value of CLSACC.
CLSRAMP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 30
Unit:
s
Default:
5
Command:
RLLCC , RLLCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell load sharing ramping time
parameter. The interval during which
the value of RHYST is ramped up from
zero to the final value.
HOCLSACC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLLCC , RLLCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Handover due to Cell load sharing
accepted to this cell.
RHYST
200
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
75
Command:
RLLCC , RLLCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis reduction parameter.
Determines how much the hysteresis
values can be reduced in the Cell load
sharing evaluation.
3.22
Multiband Operation
3.22.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
CLMRKMSG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Classmark message handling.
This parameter indicates how the Classmark
Change message shall be handled if received as
first RR message from the MS.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
0
The message 48.008
Classmark Update is
always sent to the MSC,
neither suppressed nor
delayed.
1
The message 48.008
Classmark Update is
never sent to the MSC.
201
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.22.2
2
The sending of 48.008
Classmark Update to
the MSC is delayed
until an Inter BSC
handover. 48.008
Classmark Update will
be sent before the GSM
message Handover
Required.
3
The sending of the
48.008 Classmark
Update to the MSC
is delayed until a call
set-up is performed. The
message is also sent
in case of an inter BSC
handover at location
updating.
BSC Data
MODE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
MULTI, SINGLE
Unit:
-
Default:
SINGLE
Command:
RLOMC , RLOMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The BSC band operation mode identifier.
MULTI
The BSC multiband
operation mode is
enabled.
SINGLE
The BSC multiband
operation mode is
disabled.
GSYSTYPE
202
Type:
Identifier
Range:
GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800,
GSM1900, MIXED
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.22.3
Default:
-
Command:
RLTYC, RLTYI, RLTYP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies the system type for the BSC.
Defining the parameter CSYSTYPE is
mandatory if the global system type is
MIXED.
Cell Data
CSYSTYPE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800,
GSM1900
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEI, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
In single band cells CSYSTYPE
specifies the system type for the cell.
In multi band cells it specifies the
frequency band used for the BCCH.
The parameter CSYSTYPE is
mandatory if the global system type
is MIXED. If the global system type
is other that MIXED, CSYSTYPE is
optional and will be accepted only if the
parameter value is set to the same as
the global system type. If CSYSTYPE
is omitted, it will automatically be set
to the value of the global system type.
MBCR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSSC , RLSSP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
203
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
204
Multi Band (number of) Cells Reported. Defines the
number of neighbouring cells from each supported
frequency band that shall be included in the
measurement report.
0
Normal reporting of the
six strongest cells, with
known and allowed NCC
part of BSIC, irrespective
of the frequency band
used in the cells.
1
The multiband MS
reports the strongest
cell, with known and
allowed NCC part of
BSIC, in each of the
frequency bands in
the BA list, excluding
the frequency band of
the serving cell. The
remaining positions in
the measurement report
are used for reporting
of cells in the band
of the serving cell. If
there are still remaining
positions, these are
used to report the next
strongest identified
cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band
used.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
2
The multiband MS
reports the two strongest
cells, with known and
allowed NCC part of
BSIC, in each of the
frequency bands in
the BA list, excluding
the frequency band of
the serving cell. The
remaining positions in
the measurement report
are used for reporting
of cells in the band
of the serving cell. If
there are still remaining
positions, these are
used to report the next
strongest identified
cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band
used.
3
The multiband MS
reports the three
strongest cells, with
known and allowed NCC
part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands
in the BA list, excluding
the frequency band of
the serving cell. The
remaining positions in
the measurement report
are used for reporting
of cells in the band
of the serving cell. If
there are still remaining
positions, these are
used to report the next
strongest identified
cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band
used.
(1)
(1) MBCR is not changeable if a Competitor Coverage Evaluation Active BA-list Recordig
is ongoing.
3.22.4
Hardware characteristics data
BAND
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
205
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.23
Type:
Identifier
Range:
GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800, GSM1900
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the transmitter/receiver is out of service.
Comments:
Frequency band supported by the transmitter/rec
eiver.
GSM800
GSM 800 band.
GSM900
GSM 900 band.
GSM1800
GSM 1800 band.
GSM1900
GSM 1900 band.
Differential Channel Allocation
The channel allocation priority levels sent from the MSC to the BSC, and used
for Differential channel allocation, are defined by
0
No priority information is sent.
1
Highest priority
...
14
Lowest priority
15
Priority level not used.
Note:
3.23.1
In a multislot configuration, differentiation is done for every requested
channel in the configuration.
MSC Exchange Property Data
CAPLTCHSCH
206
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Specifies if channel allocation priority level handling
is to be considered at initial TCH and/or at SDCCH
assignment or not at all. The parameter is optional.
0
Channel allocation
priority level handling not
considered.
1
Channel allocation
priority level handling
only considered at initial
TCH assignment.
2
Channel allocation
priority level handling
only considered at initial
SDCCH assignment.
3
Channel allocation
priority level handling
considered at initial
SDCCH and initial TCH
assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHEMER
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation priority
level in the MSC in case of an
emergency call. The parameter is
optional.
The priority level for emergency calls
need to be defined in the BSC too, see
EMERGPRL in Page 213.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial TCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
207
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CAPLTCHMOVAL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation
priority level to be used for mobile
originated transactions when no
priority information has been received
from HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial TCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMOVAL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation
priority level to be used for mobile
originated transactions when no
priority information has been received
from HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial SDCCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTVAL
208
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation priority
level to be used for mobile terminated
calls when no priority information
has been received from HLR. The
parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial TCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTVAL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation
priority level to be used for mobile
terminated transactions when no
priority information has been received
from HLR. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial SDCCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTOVERR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
209
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Determines whether the channel allocation priority
level received from HLR or an operator defined
value is to be used for mobile terminated calls. The
parameter is optional.
0
The channel allocation
priority level value
received from the HLR is
to be used.
1
An operator defined
value is to be used.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTOVERR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Determines whether the channel allocation priority
level received from HLR or an operator defined value
is to be used for mobile terminated transactions.
The parameter is optional.
0
The channel allocation
priority level value
received from the HLR is
to be used.
1
An operator defined
value is to be used.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLTCHMTPREF
210
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation priority
level for mobile terminated calls when
the parameter CAPLTCHMTOVERR
is set to 1. The parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial TCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
CAPLSCHMTPREF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC , MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Specifies a channel allocation
priority level for mobile terminated
transactions when the parameter
CAPLSCHMTOVERR is set to 1. The
parameter is optional.
This parameter indicates the channel
allocation priority level sent to the BSC
at initial SDCCH assignment.
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
SMOASSIGN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
211
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
SMOASSIGN determines whether the message
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is to be sent from the
MSC to the BSC at mobile originated SMS. The
parameter is only valid if the function “SMS Mobile
Originated, Point to Point, in MSC/VLR” is in the
application system of the exchange. The parameter
is optional.
0
Message is not sent
1
Message is sent
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
SMTASSIGN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGEPC, MGEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
SMTASSIGN determines whether the message
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is to be sent from the MSC to the
BSC at mobile terminated SMS. The parameter is only valid
if the function “SMS Mobile Terminated, Point to Point, in
MSC/VLR” is in the application system of the exchange. The
parameter is optional.
0
Message is not sent
1
Message is sent
(1)
(1) This parameter is only defined for Ericsson MSCs.
3.23.2
BSC Exchange Property Data
DCAHANDOVER
212
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC , RAEPP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Differential channel allocation at Intra-BSC inter-cell
handover.
0
OFF
1
ON
When the switch is ON, differentiation according
to the stored priority level for the connection is
applied. When OFF, differentiation is not applied.
The parameter is not valid at handover during
assignment.
3.23.3
BSC Data
DCASTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDCI, RLDCE , RLDCP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Differential channel allocation switch.
Activates/deactivates Differential
channel allocation in the BSC.
EMERGPRL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDCI , RLDCP.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
213
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Priority level for emergency calls.
EMERGPRL must always
be defined when initiating
Differential channel allocation.
The corresponding parameter in the
MSC, CAPLTCHEMER (see Page
207), should be set accordingly.
STATSINT
3.23.4
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 96
Unit:
Number of 15 min. periods
Default:
-
Command:
RLSCI, RLSCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Differential channel allocation statistics
collection time interval. By means of
this recording function, it is possible
to monitor dropped connections,
connection establishments, allocation
attempts and allocation failures due
to Differential Channel allocation per
priority level.
Cell Data
CHTYPE
214
Type:
Identifier
Range:
TCH, SDCCH
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLPRC, RLPRP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel type.
TCH
Traffic Channel
SDCCH
Stand Alone Dedicated Control
Channel
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
TCHBPC
BTS with traffic channels
BTSPSSD
CCH
Stand-alone dedicated control channel.
BTSPSTC
H
Traffic channel.
BTSPSTC
HBPC
Basic physical channel with traffic
channels.
The parameter value is used for the
channel type when a BTS power
savings specific Limit Value for
Availability (LVA) is specified. The
availability of this parameter depends
on commercial agreements.
The parameter value is used for the
channel type when a BTS power
savings specific LVA is specified. The
availability of the parameter depends
on commercial agreements.
The parameter value is used for the
channel type when a BTS power
savings specific LVA is specified. The
availability of the parameter depends
on commercial agreements.
(1)
(1) As a printout parameter in other functions, CHTYPE can also have the values BCCH,
CBCH, TCHBPC, BTSPSSDCCH, BTSPSTCH, BTSPSTCHBPC, BCCH, CBCH, PSSDCCH,
PSTCH, PSTCHBPC.
CHRATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
FR, HR
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLPRC, RLPRP.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel rate.
FR
The channel rate is FR
(full rate).
HR
The channel rate is HR
(half rate).
Parameter CHRATE is only valid for channel type
TCH.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
215
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.23.5
P P Resource Type Data
A P P Resource Type (RT) is a unique type of channel.
In Ericsson's GSM system R7, there are six possible P P RTs within a cell:
PPRT1.1:
full-rate TCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT1.2:
half-rate TCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT2.1:
full-rate TCH in the underlaid subcell,
PPRT2.2:
half-rate TCH in the underlaid subcell,
PPRT3:
SDCCH in the overlaid subcell,
PPRT4:
SDCCH in the underlaid subcell.
A Priority Profile (PP) is defined by means of the command RLPPI.
An RT is assigned a PP by means of the command RLPRC. The P P RT is
specified by means of SCTYPE, CHTYPE and CHRATE.
PP
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters, DEFAULT. ALL is not allowed
Unit:
-
Default:
DEFAULT
Command:
RLPPI, RLPPC, RLPRC, RLPPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Priority Profile.
A PP is a matrix including different values of INAC
and PROBF for each Priority Level (PRL).
There is a permanent default PP containing INAC =
0% and PROBF = 0% for each PRL.
3.23.6
Priority Profile (PP) Data
In each PP, for each PRL, the two parameters INAC and PROBF need to be
defined.
PRL
216
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 16
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLPPC, RLPPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Priority Level in PP.
The operator can assign a channel
allocation priority level to each specific
mobile subscriber in the subscriber
data in the HLR.
When a channel is to be allocated, the
mobile subscriber specific PRL is used
in the Differential channel allocation.
At emergency calls, always the
priority level for emergency calls
(EMERGPRL) is used regardless of
the subscriber's priority level.
INAC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
0
Command:
RLPPC, RLPPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Percentage of deblocked channels
that are inaccessible for the PRL at
differential channel allocation.
PROBF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
0
Command:
RLPPC, RLPPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
217
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.24
O&M:
-
Comments:
Probability of failure to allocate the last
remaining accessible channel for the
priority level.
Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption
Service (eMLPP)
The enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption (eMLPP) feature
enables the operator to give high priority users good access to the network.
This is achieved by preemption of one low-priority connection either by
handover or disconnection.
The BSS procedure uses a number of parameters defined for each eMLPP
level, the Preemption Capability Indicator (PCI), the Preemption Vulnerability
Indicator (PVI), the Priority Level and the Queuing Allowed Indicator (QAI).
These parameters are provided by the MSC.
3.24.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PHSTATE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates if the feature Efficient Priority Handling is
activated or not.
The following values are available:
0
218
Efficient Priority Handling
is not activated
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
1
Efficient Priority Handling
is activated. The eMLPP
parameters PCI and PVI
are considered in the
preemption algorithm.
2
Efficient Priority Handling
is activated. Besides the
eMLPP parameters PCI
and PVI also the eMLPP
parameter Priority Level
will be considered in the
preemption algorithm.
MSQUEUING
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates whether the feature Call
Queuing is activated or not.
0
Call Queuing not
activated
1
Call Queuing activated
2
Call Queuing activated.
Voice Group Channel
allocation and
subsequent Talker
allocation are allowed to
precede the queue.
MSQHOPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
219
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
3.24.2
Indicates if a PC using a traffic channel will get
higher priority or not, due to handover, than queued
PC requests in the target cell:
0
No priority
1
Handover prioritised
MSC, eMLPP data
EMLPP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
A, B, 0 to 4
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Enhanced multi-level precedence and preemption
level.
A
Highest level
B
Second-highest level
0
Third-highest level
1
Forth-highest level
2
Fifth-highest level
3
Sixth-highest level
4
Lowest level
BAOCI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Barring of outgoing calls overriding indicator. Set
per eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
220
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
0
Barring not overridden
1
Barring overridden
BOICI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Barring of outgoing international calls overriding
indicator. Set per eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
0
Barring not overridden
1
Barring overridden
BOIEXHI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Barring of outgoing international calls except those
to the home Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN)
country overriding indicator. Set per eMLPP level.
The following values are available:
0
Barring not overridden
1
Barring overridden
PCI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
221
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Preemption capability indicator. Set per eMLPP
level.
The following values are available
0
Allocation request
cannot preempt an
existing connection.
1
Allocation request can
preempt an existing
connection.
PVI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Preemption vulnerability indicator. Set per eMLPP
level.
The following values are available
0
Connection cannot be
preempted by another
allocation request.
1
Connection can be
preempted by another
allocation request.
PRIORITY
222
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 14
Unit:
-
Default:
14
Command:
MGETC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
eMLPP priority. Set per eMLPP level.
QAI
3.24.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
MGETC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Queuing allowed indicator. Set per
eMLPP level.
BSC Data
PRIOLEV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 14
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLBQC, RLBQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Priority level
This parameter determines the priority
level.
QASSTIME
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 60
Unit:
-
Default:
28
Command:
RLBQC, RLBQP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
223
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Assignment time
This parameter determines the
maximum time it is allowed to do
assignment for a priority connection.
3.24.4
Cell Data
QLENGTH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 32
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RLMQC, RLMQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum queue length in a cell. It
determines the maximum number of
Priority Connections (PC) that can be
inserted in the queue.
RESLIMIT
224
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
25
Command:
RLMQC, RLMQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel resource limit. It indicates
the percentage of radio channel
resources, that is, Traffic Channel
Fullrate (TCH/F) and Traffic Channel
Halfrate (TCH/H) that are allocated to
priority connections before starting to
give available channels to non priority
connections.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.25
Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
From a basic configuration of SDCCH/8, this function can dynamically change
the number of SDCCH/8 in the cell depending on the demand for such
channels. The number of SDCCH/8 is however never decreased below the
basic configuration.
3.25.1
Cell Data
ACSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLACI, RLACE, RLACP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Configuration State.
Activation state of the Adaptive
Configuration of Logical Channels
function in the cell.
SLEVEL
Type:
Numeral/Identifier
Range:
0 to 2, CONG
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLACC, RLACP
O&M:
-
Comments:
SDCCH Level
Level of remaining SDCCH subchannels when an
attempt to increase the number of SDCCH/8 by
reconfiguring a TCH to an SDCCH/8 will take place.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
225
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CONG
The attempt to increase
the number of SDCCH/8
will take place when
allocation of an SDCCH
has failed due to
congestion.
If SLEVEL is set to CONG, it is recommended that
Immediate Assignment on TCH is used in the cell.
STIME
Type:
Numeral
Range:
15 to 360
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
20
Command:
RLACC, RLACP
O&M:
-
Comments:
SDCCH Time Interval.
Minimum time interval before an
SDCCH/8 configured by Adaptive
Configuration of Logical Channels is
reconfigured back to a TCH when
SDCCH demands are low.
As long as the number of SDCCH/8s
is higher than the basic configuration,
an evaluation is performed once every
three seconds to check if the criterion
to remove one SDCCH is fulfilled.
A `leaky bucket' counter algorithm
determines this with STIME as the
initial counter value. If the number of
SDCCH/8 is more than (8 + SLEVEL)
when the evaluation is done, the
counter is decreased. If the number
equals (8 + SLEVEL), the counter
remains unchanged. If the number is
less than (8 + SLEVEL), the counter is
increased but never beyond its initial
value.
3.25.2
Channel Group Data
CHGR
226
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
String
Range:
INCL, EXCL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLACC, RLACP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if Adaptive configuration of
Logical Channels is allowed (INCL) or
not (EXCL) for the specified channel
group.
3.26
GSM - UMTS - LTE Cell Reselection and Handover
3.26.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
COEXUMTS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Support for Coexistence of GSM and UMTS, see
also Page 360
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
0
OFF
1
ON: Feature GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover is activated
2
ONADDINFO: Feature GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover and feature
Combined Cell Reselection Trigger GSM
to WCDMA are activated.
3
ONADDINFO; GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover and
Combined Handover Triggering GSM to
WCDMA are activated
227
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
4
ONADDINFO; GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover, Combined
Cell Reselection Triggering GSM to
WCDMA and Combined Handover
Triggering GSM to WCDMA are
activated
5
ON: Feature Cell Reselection to
TD-SCDMA is activated
COEXUMTSINT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
100 to 1000
Unit:
ms
Default:
1000
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Time interval between traffic load
checking.
COEXUMTSLSH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter enables and disables
the feature Smooth GSM to WCDMA
unloading.
0 = Feature not enabled
1 = Feature enabled
SBHOACTIVE
228
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter enables and disables
the feature Handover with Usage of
Service Indicator.
0 = Feature not enabled
1 = Feature enabled
FASTRET3GNC2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC
O&M:
-
Comments:
This exchange property indicates if the multi Radio
Access Technology (RAT) MSs will be redirected
immediately to WCDMA cell at call release. This
function is applicable for DTM connections in GSM
cells with active Network Control Mode 2 (NC2)
having WCDMA neighbors.
The availability of the exchange property value
other than the default one depends on commercial
agreements.
3.26.2
0
‘Fast Return to WCDMA at Call
Release’ is allowed for DTM
connections in cells with NC2
switched on.
1
‘Fast Return to WCDMA at Call
Release’ is not allowed for DTM
connections in cells with NC2
switched on.
GSM - UMTS Cell Reselection - Cell Data
Note:
The settings of the following parameters only affect Multi-RAT FDD
UMTS capable MSs.
UMFI
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
229
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
MFDDARFCN-MSCRCODE-DIVERSITY
Range:
MFDDARFCN: 0 to 16383
MSCRCODE: 0 to 511
DIVERSITY: DIV or NODIV
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLUMC, RLUMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
UTRAN Measurement Frequency Information for cell
reselection in GSM Idle Mode and GPRS/EGPRS Ready
and Standby states.
(MFDDARFCN-MSCRCODE-DIVERSITY) defines the
frequency, scrambling code and diversity information for a
UTRAN neighbouring cell.
MFDDARFCNMFDDARFCN indicates the absolute RF
channel number of the neighbouring UTRAN cell to be
measured on by Multi-RAT MSs. Several frequency bands
exist and the absolute RF channel number represents
the center frequency within the frequency band. Allowed
frequency bands and absolute RF channel numbers are
described in detail in Reference [6].
MSCRCODE is the scrambling code for the neighbouring
cell. The scrambling code has 512 values.
DIVERSITY indicates if diversity is applied for the UTRAN
cell, or not.
FDDQMIN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum FDD quality.
Defines the minimum threshold for the "quality"
measure Ec/No for cell reselection to UTRAN cells.
0
230
-20 dB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
1
-6 dB
2
-18 dB
3
-8 dB
4
-16 dB
5
-10 dB
6
-14 dB
7
-12 dB.
FDDQOFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dB
Default:
8
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
FDD quality offset.
Defines the inter-system cell reselection offset to
UTRAN cells.
0
-infinite, always select
UTRAN FDD cell if
acceptable
1
-28 dB
2
-24 dB
...
15
+28 dB.
SPRIO
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO, YES
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
231
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Search priority.
Indicates if 3G cells may be searched when BSIC
decoding is required.
NO
Multi-RAT MS may
not use the search
frames required for BSIC
decoding, for UTRAN
FDD measurements.
YES
Multi-RAT MS may use
up to 25 search frames
per 13 seconds without
considering the need for
BSIC decoding in these
frames.
QSI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
15
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
GSM-UMTS cell reselection quality search indicator.
Indicates the threshold to start UTRAN FDD
measurements in Idle mode and Stand-by and
Ready states.
When the parameter value is between 0 and 6, the
UTRAN FDD measurements are started when the
serving cells' signal strength is below the threshold.
When the parameter value is between 8 and 14, the
UTRAN FDD measurements are started when the
serving cells' signal strength is above the threshold.
0
-98 dBm
1
-94 dBm
...
232
6
-74 dBm
7
always
8
-78 dBm
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
9
-74 dBm
...
14
-54 dBm
15
never
FDDQMINOFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum FDD quality offset.
Defines an offset to the value of FDDQMIN.
0
0 dB
1
2 dB
2
4 dB
3
6 dB
4
8 dB
5
10 dB
6
12 dB
7
14 dB
FDDRSCPMIN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dB
Default:
6
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum FDD RSCP.
Defines the minimum threshold of Received Signal
Code Power (RSCP) for cell reselection to UTRAN
FDD.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
233
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.26.3
0
-114 dB
1
-112 dB
2
-110 dB
3
-108 dB
4
-106 dB
5
-104 dB
6
-102 dB
7
-100 dB
8
-98 dB
9
-96 dB
10
-94 dB
11
-92 dB
12
-90 dB
13
-88 dB
14
-86 dB
15
-84 dB
GSM - UMTS Handover - UTRAN Cell Data
CELL
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
All commands where a specific cell is
pointed out.
Cell definition: RLDEI
O&M:
-
Comments:
Cell name of a external UTRAN cell.
As UTRAN cells cannot belong to any
GSM BSC, they have always to be
defined as external.
NEWNAME
234
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to change the
name of a cell. See parameter CELL
for recommendations.
FDDARFCN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 16383
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Absolute RF channel number of the external UTRAN
cell.
The parameter indicates the absolute RF channel
number of the neighbouring UTRAN cell in GSM
active mode. Several frequency bands exist and
the absolute RF channel number represents the
center frequency within the frequency band. Allowed
frequency bands and absolute RF channel numbers
are described in detail in Reference [6].
SCRCODE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 511
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The scrambling code of the external
UTRAN cell:
UTRANID
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
235
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
RNCID-CI-MCC-MNC-LAC
Range:
RNCID: 0 to 4095
CI: 0 to 65535
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Identity of the external UTRAN cell:
Consists of the Radio Network
Controller Identity (RNCID), Cell
Identity within the RNC (CI), Mobile
Colour Code (MCC), Mobile Network
Code (MNC) and the Location Area
Code (LAC). MCC, MNC and LAC
have the same value ranges as used
for the parameter CGI, see Page 19.
MRSL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 49
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Minimum reported signal level.
Within the locating algorithm, the measured energy per chip
on the Common Pilot Channel (CPICH Ec/No) a UTRAN cell
is compared with the minimum quality threshold defined by
MRSL. Only if this criterion is fulfilled, handovers to the UTRAN
cell are possible. The values are:
0
MRSL < -24 dB
1
-24 dB <= MRSL < -23.5 dB
...
236
48
-0.5 dB <= MRSL < 0 dB
49
0 <= MRSL
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.26.4
GSM - UMTS Handover - GSM Cell Data
ISHOLEV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 99
Unit:
%
Default:
20
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Inter-system handover load threshold.
Inter system handover evaluaions start
when the percentage of idle full rate
Traffic Channels (TCHs) left in the cell
is less than or equal to this value given
as percentage.
FDDMRR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Multi-Rat reporting.
FDDMRR defines how many measured
neighbouring UTRAN cells should be
included in measurement reports. The
remaining positions in measurement
reports will be used for reporting
GSM cells according to the parameter
MBCR, see Page 203. If there are still
remaining positions, these are used
to report next best valid cells in other
radio access technologies.
FDDMRR is not changeable if a
GSM-UMTS Active BA-list Recording
or a Competitor Coverage Evaluation
Active BA-list Recording is ongoing.
QSC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
237
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
15
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
GSM-UMTS handover quality search indicator.
Indicates the threshold to start UTRAN FDD
measurements in Active mode.
When the parameter value is between 0 and 6, the
UTRAN FDD measurements are started when the
serving cells' signal strength is below the threshold.
When the parameter value is between 8 and 14, the
UTRAN FDD measurements are started when the
serving cells' signal strength is above the threshold.
0
-98 dBm
1
-94 dBm
...
6
-74 dBm
7
always
8
-78 dBm
9
-74 dBm
...
14
-54 dBm
15
never
QSCI
238
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Initial Quality search indicator.
QSCI defines the control of UTRAN measurements
after entering active mode, before reading the first
QSC.
0
UTRAN measurements
are performed according
to QSI until the first QSC
is read.
1
UTRAN measurements
are always performed
until the first QSC is
read.
MAXISHO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–100
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines maximum number of load
triggered outgoing inter system
handovers per second from the
specified cell
FDDREPTHR2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-63
Unit:
dBm
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC, RLSUP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Minimum FDD RSCP reporting
threshold. Defines a threshold for the
non reported 'signal strength' measure
CPICH RSCP of UTRAN cells. The
MS includes a UTRAN cell in the
measurement reports only if the non
(1)
reporting threshold is exceeded.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
239
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
0
Disabled
1
115 dBm
2
114 dBm
...
...
62
54 dBm
63
53 dBm
(1) The reporting entity in the measurement reports is CPICH Ec/No.
3.26.5
GSM - UMTS Handover - Neighbouring Cell Relation Data
There are no neighbor relation specific parameters that can be defined for each
GSM - UMTS neighbouring cell relation. It is possible to define up to 64 UTRAN
neighbours in addition to 64 GSM neighbours for each GSM cell. A total of up
to 32768 UTRAN neighbouring cell relations can be defined per BSC.
CELLR
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters except ALL
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLNRI, RLNRE, RLNRP, RLNCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Related cell designation.
The identity of the neighbouring
UTRAN is specified by means of
CELLR.
3.26.6
GSM-UMTS-LTE Cell Reselection - Cell Data
EARFCN
240
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 65535
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLEFC, RLEFP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number to which cell reselection shall be
performed. This parameter is defined per GSM cell.
FDDARFCN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 16383
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the UTRAN FDD Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number to which priority based cell
reselection shall be performed. The value shall
correspond to MFDDARFCN in UMFI. This
parameter is defined per GSM cell.
HPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines an offset to apply at a relative comparison
between GSM and inter-RAT frequencies when
cell reselection to an inter-RAT frequency of
lower priority than GSM is allowed. In 3GPP this
parameter is called H_PRIO. This parameter is set
per GSM cell.
0
Rule disabled
1
5 dB
2
4 dB
3
3 dB
HPRIOTHR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
241
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Nume
ral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dB
Default:
UMTS 9 (18 dB)
:
(1)
LTE:
22 (44 dB)
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum threshold for reselection
to LTE and UMTS frequencies of higher priority
than GSM. The value "measured RSCP value” QRXLEVMINU for UMTS and “measured RSRP
value” – QRXLEVMINE for LTE must be above
the threshold. The parameter is defined per
FDDARFCN for UMTS frequencies and per
EARFCN for LTE frequencies. In 3GPP, this
parameter is called THRESH_FDD_high for UMTS
and THRESH_E-UTRAN_high for LTE.
(1) 0 dB to 62 dB in steps of 2 dB.
LPRIOTHR
Type:
Nume
ral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dB
Default:
UMTS 9 (18 dB)
:
(1)
LTE:
22 (44 dB)
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum threshold for reselection
to LTE and UMTS frequencies of lower priority
than GSM. The value "measured RSCP value” QRXLEVMINU for UMTS and “measured RSRP
value” – QRXLEVMINE for LTE must be above
the threshold. The parameter is defined per
FDDARFCN for UMTS frequencies and per
EARFCN for LTE frequencies. In 3GPP, this
parameter is called THRESH_FDD_low for UMTS
and THRESH_E-UTRAN_low for LTE.
(1) 0 dB to 62 dB in steps of 2 dB.
242
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
MEASTHR
Type:
Nume
ral
Range:
0 to
15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
15
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines a threshold for the serving cell below which
measurements of inter-RAT frequencies with lower
priority should be done. This parameter is defined
per GSM cell. In 3GPP this parameter is called
THRESH_priority_search.
0-14:
-98 dBm to -56 dBm in steps of 3 dBm
15:
Infinite (always)
MINCHBW
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5
Unit:
Nrb, Number of Resource Blocks
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum value of the channel bandwidth
of all valid E-UTRAN cells on the specified EARFCN.
This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
0:
6
1:
15
2:
25
3:
50
4:
75
5:
100
PCID
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
243
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-503
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSEE, RLSEI, RLSEP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines a E-UTRAN cell to which it is forbidden to
perform cell reselection. This parameter is defined
per EARFCN.
PCIDG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSEC, RLSEP
-
O&M:
Comment:
PCIDG is a bitmap that indicates a group of not
allowed E-UTRAN cells. If bit number n, where n
can take the value from 1 to 6, in this field is set to
’1’, then cells with PCID values in the range (n-1) *
84 to (n*84)-1 inclusive are not allowed to reselect.
This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
PCIDP
244
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 8 bits with values 0
or 1 per bit
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSEE, RLSEI, RLSEP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
PCIDP is a pattern of the PCID which together
with PCIDPS indicates which E-UTRAN cells are
forbidden to select. This is a bitmap with variable
length which refers to the pattern of the leftmost
(most significant) PCID bits. For example 0 and
00 shall be seen as two different patterns. This
parameter is defined per EARFCN
PCIDPS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSEI, RLSEP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates if the PCID indicated by PCIDP are the
not allowed cells or if all other PCID are not allowed
cells.
PRIOTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to
15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines a threshold, for the serving cell and all
neighboring GSM cells, below which cell reselection
is allowed to inter-RAT frequencies with lower
priority than GSM. In 3GPP this parameter is called
THRESH_GSM_low. This parameter is defined per
GSM cell.
0 to
14:
-100 dBm to -72 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
15:
Infinite (always)
QRXLEVMINE
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
245
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dBm
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum required RX level (RSRP)) for
cells on the target E-UTRAN frequency. In 3GPP
this parameter is called E-UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN.
This parameter is defined per EARFCN.
(1)
(1) -140 dBm to -78 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
QRXLEVMINU
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dBm
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum required RX level (RSCP)
for cells on the target UTRAN frequency. In 3GPP
this parameter is called UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN.This
parameter is defined per FDDARFCN.
(1)
(1) -119 dBm to -57 dBm in steps of 2 dBm
RATPRIO
246
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
(1)
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the priority of GSM, LTE frequencies and
UMTS frequencies. The priority may not be the
same for different RATs but may be the same within
a RAT. The GSM priority is defined per GSM cell,
the LTE priority is defined per EARFCN and the
UMTS priority is defined per FDDARFCN.
(1) 0 is the lowest priority, 7 is the highest priority
TRES
Type:
Nume
ral
Range:
0 to
3
Unit:
Seco
nds
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC, RLSRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the time during which the conditions for
cell reselection to another RAT must be fulfilled. In
3GPP this parameter is called T_reselection. This
parameter is defined per GSM cell.
0:
5 seconds
1:
10 seconds
2:
15 seconds
3:
20 seconds
FASTRET3G
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 (INACTIVE), 1
(ACTIVE)
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLRWI, RLRWE,
RLRWP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Shows the activation status of the feature Fast
Return to WCDMA after Call Release
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
247
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
FASTRETLTE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 (INACTIVE), 1
(ACTIVE)
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLRLI, RLRLE, RLRLP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Shows the activation status of the feature Fast
Return to LTE after Call Release
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
COVERAGEE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 (GOOD), 1 (BAD)
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLRLC
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates the coverage of all E-UTRAN cells on a
E-UTRAN frequency within the coverage area of
the GSM cell.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
COVERAGEU
248
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 (GOOD), 1 (BAD)
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLRWC
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comment:
Indicates the coverage
of all UTRAN cells on a
UTRAN frequency within
the coverage area of the
GSM cell.
Valid from release:
BSS G12A
3.26.7
GSM-UMTS Call Release - Cell Data
3.26.8
GSM-LTE Call release - Cell Data
3.27
Adaptive Multi Rate
During Urgency conditions for bad quality handovers (see parameter
BQOFFSET, Page 92, and parameter EXTPEN, Page 94), Dynamic MS Power
Control (see Section 3.9 on page 143), Dynamic BTS Power Control (see
Section 3.11 on page 151) and Intra Cell Handover (see Section 3.14 on page
168), different values for some parameters have to be considered for AMR FR
connections. For this purpose, AMR FR specific parameters BQOFFSETAFR,
QLIMDLAFR, QLIMULAFR, SSDESULAFR, QDESULAFR, SSDESDLAFR,
QDESDLAFR, SSOFFSETULAFR, QOFFSETULAFR, SSOFFSETDLAFR
and QOFFSETDLAFR are used.
3.27.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
AMRFRSUPPORT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Multi Rate Full Rate feature switch. It indicates
if AMR full rate support is switched on and which codec
set is active in the BSC. If AMRFRSUPPORT is on,
TCH/F SPV3 may be selected at channel allocation.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
0
OFF
1
Full rate codec set 1
2
Full rate codec set 2
249
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3
Full rate codec set 3
4
Full rate codec set 4
5
Full rate codec set 5
AMRHRSUPPORT
3.27.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 4
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Multi Rate Half Rate feature switch. It indicates
if AMR half rate support is switched on and which codec
set is active in the BSC. If AMRHRSUPPORT is on,
TCH/H SPV3 may be selected at channel allocation.
0
OFF
1
Half rate codec set 1
2
Half rate codec set 2
3
Half rate codec set 3
4
Half rate codec set 4
BSC Data
SET
250
Type:
Identifier
Range:
FR3, FR4, HR3, HR4
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) codec set changed by the
operator.
FR3
Full Rate codec set 3
FR4
Full Rate codec set 4
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
HR3
Half Rate codec set 3
HR4
Half Rate codec set 4
MODE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 5 (Half Rate)
1 to 8 (Full Rate)
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Codec mode (the bit rate of the coded speech after
the speech encoding).
Values for Half Rate:
1
4.75 Kbps
2
5.15 Kbps
3
5.90 Kbps
4
6.70 Kbps
5
7.40 Kbps
Values for Full rate:
1
4.75 Kbps
2
5.15 Kbps
3
5.90 Kbps
4
6.70 Kbps
5
7.40 Kbps
6
7.95 Kbps
7
10.2 Kbps
8
12.2 Kbps
THR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
-
Default:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
251
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Threshold for changing the codec mode:
0
0 dB
1
0.5 dB
2
1 dB
...
63
31.5 dB
HYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Hysteresis for changing the codec mode:
0
0 dB
1
0.5 dB
2
1 dB
...
15
3.28
EGPRS Link Quality Control
3.28.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
7.5 dB
LQCACT
252
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comments:
Controls the feature Link Quality Control in
Enhanced GPRS.
0
OFF for both uplink and
downlink
1
ON for downlink, OFF for
uplink
2
OFF for downlink, ON for
uplink
3
ON for both uplink and
downlink
LQCMODEUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Controls the aggressiveness of
the LQC algorithm in the uplink,
for acknowledge mode TBFs if
EGPRSIRUL is set to 1. Otherwise LA
mode is always used.
0: LA mode is used
1: LA/IR mode is used
2: LA/IR-BLER mode is used
LQCDEFAULTMCSDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Control of which MCS shall be used in the downlink
when Link Quality Control is switched off:
1
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
MCS-1
253
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
2
MCS-2
3
MCS-3
4
MCS-4
5
MCS-5
6
MCS-6
7
MCS-7
8
MCS-8
9
MCS-9
LQCDEFAULTMCSUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Control of which MCS shall be used in the uplink
when Link Quality Control is switched off:
1
MCS-1
2
MCS-2
3
MCS-3
4
MCS-4
5
MCS-5
6
MCS-6
7
MCS-7
8
MCS-8
9
MCS-9
LQCHIGHMCS
254
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
9
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Maximum MCS that is supported:
1
MCS-1
2
MCS-2
3
MCS-3
4
MCS-4
5
MCS-5
6
MCS-6
7
MCS-7
8
MCS-8
9
MCS-9
LQCUNACK
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Used to shift the selection of MCS to
a more robust one when Link Quality
Control is running in LA mode and
RLC Unacknowledged Mode is used
by the TBF.
LQCMODEDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
255
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Controls the aggressiveness of the
LQC algorithm in the downlink, for
acknowledge mode TBFs.
0: LA mode is used
1: LA/IR mode is used
2: LA/IR-BLER mode is used
EGPRSIRUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Switches IR ON (1) and OFF (0) for
the uplink.
3.29
GPRS Link Adaptation
3.29.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
EITHIGHCS
3.29.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1, 2
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to define the highest possible
coding scheme that can be chosen
when data is transferred over EIT TBF.
Cell Data
LA
256
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
ON
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates and deactivates the feature
GPRS Link Adaptation.
CHCSDL
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NA, CS-1, CS-2, CS-3, CS-4
Unit:
-
Default:
CS-2
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Coding Scheme for the downlink.
Parameter CHCSDL defines the initial
CS that will be used for the downlink. If
set to NA, the parameter CHCODING
will be used instead.
If GPRS Link Adaptation is not active,
the selected initial CS will work as
static.
If GPRS Link Adaptation is active
CHCSDL is used as the initial CS.
(1)
(2)
(1) If CHCSDL is set to CS-3 or CS-4 and if GPRS TBF capability is (CS-1, CS-2), then CS-2 is
used.
(2) Parameter CHCODING is always used to define the uplink CS.
3.30
GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service
3.30.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PCUQOS
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
257
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates (=1) and deactivates (=0) the
feature R99 GPRS/EGPRS Quality of
Service.
PCUEIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates (=1) and deactivates (=0)
the feature EIT Capacity.
TEITPENDING
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200
Unit:
100 ms
Default:
30
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to define the maximum
time that a EIT Streaming TBF
reservation should be kept between
two consecutive PDUs of Streaming
data received from SGSN or MS.
MSEITRESPTIME
258
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5000
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
ms
Default:
1500
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to define the initial sub-period
of TEITPENDING. During this time the
probability for receiving data over an
EIT Streaming TBF is considered to
be high, hence EITSCHEDFREQH is
(1)
applied.
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
EITSCHEDFREQH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
20 to 5000
Unit:
ms
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to define the time between two consecutive
USFs or RRBPs scheduled for an MS over EIT
Streaming TBF when the TBF is in inactive mode,
for example no real data is sent or received. This
scheduling frequency is used when MSEITRESPTIME
(1)
is running.
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
EITSCHEDFREQL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
20 to 20000
Unit:
ms
Default:
200
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
259
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to define the time between two consecutive
USFs or RRBPs scheduled for an MS over EIT
Streaming TBF when the TBF is in inactive mode,
for example no real data is sent or received. This
scheduling frequency is used when TEITPENDING is
still running but MSEITRESPTIME is already expired.
(1)
(1) Only values which are multiples of 20 ms are accepted.
THPMBRFACTOR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 10
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines to what extent the MBR is
taken into account of scheduling of the
Interactive users.
If set to 0, MBR is not taken into
account in the weight calculation. The
prioritizing of the users is made based
only on the THP.
QOSTHP1
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 10
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Determines the relative importance
of the THP-1 users compared to the
THP-3 users.
QOSTHP2
260
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 10
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Determines the relative importance
of the THP-2 users compared to the
THP-3 users.
QOSMAPPING
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1, 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines how the R97/98 Quality of Service is used:
0
R97/98 Quality of Service disabled
1
R97/98 Quality of Service enabled.
Mapping activated, R97 Precedence
Low, Medium, High are mapped to R99
traffic classes Background, Interactive
THP3, Interactive THP2, respectively
2
R97/98 Quality of Service enabled.
Mapping activated, R97 Precedence
Low, Medium, High are mapped to
R99 traffic classes Interactive THP3,
Interactive THP2, Interactive THP1,
respectively
QOSCONVPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
261
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines how BSS handles a Conversational PFC
in the Interactive class.
1
Interactive THP1
2
Interactive THP2
3
Interactive THP3
QOSSTREAMPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 4
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines how BSS handles a Streaming PFC that
BSS could not allocate Streaming resources for.
0
Background
1
Interactive THP1
2
Interactive THP2
3
Interactive THP3
4
Terminate the Streaming
PFC
TSTREAMSTART
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200
Unit:
100 ms
Default:
59
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the maximum time Streaming
resources are kept reserved if no data
arrives from SGSN after the initial
GBR negotiation between BSS and
SGSN is finalized.
TSTREAMPENDING
262
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200
Unit:
100 ms
Default:
30
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the maximum time Streaming
resources are kept reserved if no
Streaming data arrives from SGSN
after the last Streaming data was
transmitted to the MS.
EITGMAXUSEUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 400 (in steps of 10)
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITGMAXUSEUL
defines the maximum usage for uplink
EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk) TBFs
(Temporary Block Flow) for B- or
G-TBF mode
EITEMAXUSEUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 400 (in steps of 10)
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITEMAXUSEUL
defines the maximum usage for uplink
EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk) TBFs
(Temporary Block Flow) for E-TBF
mode
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
263
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
EITGMAXUSEDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200 (in steps of 10)
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITGMAXUSEDL
defines the maximum usage for
downlink EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk)
TBFs (Temporary Block Flow) for B- or
G-TBF mode
EITEMAXUSEDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 200 (in steps of 10)
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITEMAXUSEDL
defines the maximum usage for
downlink EIT (Ericsson Instant Talk)
TBFs (Temporary Block Flow) for
E-TBF mode
EITQOSPRIO
264
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter EITQOSPRIO defines
the action to take when admission
is not granted for an EIT (Ericsson
Instant Talk) user.
1: Reject
2: Renegotiate with SGSN (downgrade
to interactive)
3: Admit anyway (BSC internal
downgrade)
EITADMCTRL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates and deactivates the feature
Admission Control for EIT.
0 = Admission Control for EIT
deactivated
1 = Admission Control for EIT activated
3.30.2
Cell Data
BPDCHBR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
kbps
Default:
12
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum estimated bitrate
per B-PDCH in cell used for transfer of
the traffic class Streaming.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
265
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
GPDCHBR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 20
Unit:
kbps
Default:
14
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum estimated bitrate
per G-PDCH in cell used for transfer of
the traffic class Streaming.
EPDCHBR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 60
Unit:
kbps
Default:
20
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum estimated bitrate
per E-PDCH in cell used for transfer of
the traffic class Streaming.
STREAMSUP
266
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates and deactivates the feature
QoS Streaming on cell level.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.31
Interference Rejection Combining
3.31.1
Cell Data
IRC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDEC, RLDEP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Activates (ON) or deactivates (OFF)
the feature Interference Rejection
Combining (IRC).
3.32
Multi Band Cell
3.32.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
MBCRAC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the way that GPRS/EGPRS MS frequency
band capabilities are handled:
0
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
MS frequency capability
is considered when
allocating and revising
channels for TBF
transfers. If the MS
frequency capabilities
are not available, only
the BCCH frequency
band is available.
267
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
1
All GPRS/EGPRS MSs
are assumed to be
capable of all frequency
bands. MS frequency
capability is considered
when allocating and
reserving cahnnels for
TBF transfers. If the MS
frequency capabilities
are not available, all
frequency bands are
available
2
All GPRS/EGPRS MSs
are assumed to be
capable of both GSM 900
frequency sub-bands.
MS frequency capability
is considered when
allocating and reserving
channels for TBF
transfers. If the MS
frequency capabilities
are not available, both
GSM 900 frequency
sub-bands are available.
(1)
(1) This parameter value is only applicable if the BCCH is configured in the P-GSM band.
FBCHALLOC
268
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It makes possible to determine if channels on BCCH
frequency band shall be selected first, last or if there
is no preference at channel allocation:
0
No selection preference.
1
Select channels in
BCCH frequency,
band/subband first
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
2
Select channels in
BCCH frequency,
band/subband last.
(1)
(2)
(1) FBCHALLOC does not influence the channel allocation for GPRS/EGPRS.
(2) The parameter is not applicable if there is only one frequency band per subcell.
3.32.2
Cell Data
FBOFFS
3.32.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-40 to 40
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RLLOC, RLLOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the difference in pathloss
between the BCCH frequency band
group and the non-BCCH frequency
band group. Positive values are used
when the BCCH frequency band group
is assumed to offer "better" coverage
than the non-BCCH frequency band
group.
Channel Group Data
BAND
Type:
Identifier
Range:
GSM800, GSM900, GSM1800, GSM1900
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDGI , RLDGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
269
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
Frequency band used in the channel group.
GSM1800 and GSM1900 cannot be defined in the
same cell.
In multi band cells, CSYSTYPE defines the
frequency band used for the BCCH.
It is not possible to change BAND in single band
cells. In these cells CSYSTYPE defines the
frequency band used in the whole cell.
3.33
GPRS/EGPRS Connection Control and Transfer
3.33.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
DLDELAY
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5000
Unit:
ms
Default:
2200
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the time to keep a downlink
TBF alive after the last downlink RLC
data block with real data is sent.
ULDELAY
270
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5000
Unit:
ms
Default:
1000
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the time to keep an uplink
TBF in Extended UL TBF mode alive
after the last uplink RLC data block is
received.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
ESDELAY
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2000
Unit:
ms
Default:
750
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the time to keep an early
set-up downlink TBF alive after it has
been set-up.
TFILIMIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
-
Default:
4
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum number of TFIs
that have to be available for the TBF
keep alive mechanism. If less TFIs are
available TBFs will be released unless
they carry real data.
USFLIMIT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the minimum number of USFs
that have to be available for Extended
UL TBF mode. If less USFs are
available TBFs will be released unless
they carry real data.
LOPTETHR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
271
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–60
Unit:
kbps
Default:
10
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio link bit rate threshold for EPRS
TBFs. The default value shall be
10 and it shall only be possible
to change the value if the global
parameter GPRSLOADOPT indicates
that the feature is available. The
threshold defines when an EGPRS
TBF is considered to be in bad
radio environment. The radio link is
measured per PDCH. Valid for both
uplink and downlink.
LOPTGTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–20
Unit:
kbps
Default:
8
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Radio link bit rate threshold for GPRS
TBFs. The default value shall be 8
and it shall only be possible to change
the value if the global parameter
GPRSLOADOPT indicates that the
feature is available.
MINPOLLEIT
272
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 24
Unit:
-
Default:
12
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter MINPOLLEIT defines
the minimum number of radio blocks
between polls for an EIT TBF.
MINPOLL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 24
Unit:
-
Default:
16
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter MINPOLL defines
the minimum number of radio blocks
between polls for non-EIT (Ericsson
Instant Talk).
AQMMAXIPSIZE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
100 to 2000
Unit:
bytes
Default:
1700
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates the upper limit of the IP
packet size.
AQMMINBUFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 200
Unit:
Kbyte
Default:
10
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
273
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter ensures that at least
a few IP packets are buffered at very
low peak rate.
AQMMINIPSIZE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
100 to 2000
Unit:
byte
Default:
300
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates the lower limit of the IP
packet size.
AQMRTTCONST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
100 to 4000
Unit:
ms
Default:
850
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates the constant part of the
roundtrip time. This includes delays
in server, core network, BSC, MS and
laptop as well as transmission delays
on the air interafce such as Gn, Gb
and Abis. The constant is changes in
steps of 10 ms.
PULSCHEDINT
274
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 10 and 99
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comment:
Defines the scheduling periods for
a TBF in Extended UL TBF mode
(EUL) and delayed release of DL
TBF mode (DDL). The parameter also
defines if the feature Persistent Uplink
Scheduling is activated or deactivated.
PULSC
HEDIN
T
Minimu
m insert
ion inter
val per
TBF,
EUL
[ms]
0
Feature deactivated
1
20
40
1
2
40
40
1
3
60
80
1
4
80
80
1
5
100
120
1
6
120
120
1
7
140
160
1
8
160
160
1
9
180
200
1
10
200
200
1
99
20
40
all assi
gned
Mini
mum
insertion
interval
per TBF,
DDL
[ms]
No of
TSs
sched
uled,
EUL
AQMSUPPORT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Indicates if AQM support is activated
or not.
0 = AQM not activated
1 = AQM activated
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
275
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
LOADOPT
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 2
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M
-
Comment
Support for GPRS Load Optimization.
0: Feature OFF
1: Feature ON for Background
2: Feature ON for Background and
Interactive
3.33.2
Cell Data
RTTI
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines whether Reduced TTI is
activated in the cell.
ACTIVE
Reduced TTI is activated in the cell
INACTIVE
Reduced TTI is not activated in the
cell
IAN
276
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines whether Improved Ack/Nack
is activated in the cell or not
ACTIVE
Improved Ack/Nack is
activated in the cell.
INACTIVE
Improved Ack/Nack is
not activated in the cell.
3.34
Antenna Hopping
3.34.1
Hardware Characteristic Data
AHOP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, ONXC0, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOC, RXMOP., RXMSC, RXBFP
O&M:
It is only possible to read the antenna hopping
administrative state with RXMOP. With RXBFP both the
administrative and the operative feature states within
the TG are shown.
Comments:
Antenna Hopping. This parameter sets the antenna
hopping administrative state for a TG
ON
Antenna Hopping enabled
ONXC0
Antenna Hopping enabled
excluding carrier zero frequency
OFF
Antenna Hopping disabled
3.35
Synchronized Radio Networks
3.35.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
BSCFSOFFSETMSW
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 65535
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
277
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
symbol
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BSC Frame Start Offset, most
significant word.
The BSC Frame Start Offset adjusts
the frame start offset of transmitted
TDMA frames relative the nominal
position for all cells realized by the
BSC.
BSCFSOFFSETLSW
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 65535
Unit:
symbol
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
BSC Frame Start Offset, least
significant word.
The BSC Frame Start Offset adjusts
the frame start offset of transmitted
TDMA frames relative the nominal
position for all cells realized by the
BSC.
3.35.2
Channel Group Data
Related channel group parameters are HOP, HSN, MAIO (for more information
see Page 162) and TSC (for more information see Page 40).
3.35.3
Cell/Subcell Data
Related cell/subcell parameters are FNOFFSET (see Page 27).
3.35.4
Hardware Characteristic Data
Related hardware characteristic data parameters are TFMODE and SYNCSRC.
For more details, see Page 372.
278
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
FSOFFSET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 65534, OFF (65535)
Unit:
1/4 symbol
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Frame Start Offset states if the transmitted TDMA
frames should be synchronized to the nominal
position with a defined offset or not synchronized
to the nominal position.
OFF
No frame start offset
relative the nominal
position of transmitted
TDMA frames
Other
A defined frame start
offset of the transmitted
TDMA frames relative
to the BSC Frame Start
Offset adjusted nominal
position
3.36
Channel Allocation Optimization
3.36.1
Cell Data
DMQB
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON and OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines if the Dynamic Half Rate (HR)
to Full Rate (FR) Mode Adaptation due
to bad quality is active (ON) or inactive
(OFF).
DMQBAMR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
279
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
dtqu
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel quality threshold for AMR
capable mobiles using a HR traffic
channel. It determines when a change
from HR to FR is initiated for Dual
Rate mobiles capable of AMR if the
DMQB parameter is set to ON. It can
be set per priority level if using Speech
Quality Priority.
DMQBNAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel quality threshold for mobiles
not capable of AMR using a HR traffic
channel. It determines when a change
from HR to FR is initiated for Dual
Rate mobiles not capable of AMR if
the DMQB parameter is set to ON. It
can be set per priority level if using
Speech Quality Priority.
DMQG
280
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON and OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the if the Dynamic Full
Rate (FR) to Half Rate (FR) Mode
Adaptation quality evaluation is active
(ON) or inactive (OFF).
DMQGAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel quality threshold for Adaptive
Multi Rate (AMR) capable mobiles
using a FR traffic channel. It
determines when a change from
FR to HR is allowed for Dual Rate
mobiles capable of AMR if the DMQG
parameter is set to ON. It can be
set per priority level if using Speech
Quality Priority.
DMQGNAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Channel quality threshold for mobiles
not capable of AMR using a FR traffic
channel. It determines when a change
from FR to HR is allowed for Dual
Rate mobiles not capable of AMR if
the DMQG parameter is set to ON. It
can be set per priority level if using
Speech Quality Priority.
DMTHAMR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
281
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HR packing threshold parameter for
AMR HR capable mobiles. When
below this value a HR packing or
dynamic mode adaptation from FR
to HR is initiated. The parameter
expresses the ratio between idle and
deblocked TCHs in % and is set per
cell.
DMTHNAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
HR packing threshold parameter for
non AMR but DR capable mobiles.
When below this value a HR packing
or dynamic mode adaptation from
FR to HR is initiated. The parameter
expresses the ratio between idle and
deblocked TCHs in % and is set per
cell.
DTHAMR
282
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
30
Command:
RLDHC, RLDHP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates the ratio between idle and
deblocked TCHs in the cell. Below
this threshold an AMR MSs will be
allocated on HR channels.
DTHNAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
15
Command:
RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Indicates the ratio between idle and
deblocked TCHs in the cell. Below this
threshold a non-AMR but DR capable
MS will be allocated on HR channels.
DMSUPP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDMI, RLDME
O&M
-
Comments:
Controls the activation of Dynamic
(1)
FR/HR Mode Adaptation (DYMA).
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
DHA
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDHC, RLDHP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
283
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M
-
Comments:
Controls the activation of Dynamic
(1)
Half Rate Allocation (DHA).
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
ATHABIS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter is a common
parameter that activates or deactivates
the features Dynamic HR Allocation
on Abis and Dynamic FR/HR Mode
(1)
Adaptation on Abis in a cell.
(1) It is only possible to set this parameter to ON if the parameter CODECREST is set to NONE
ATHABISPR
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to turn Speech
Quality Priority (priority consideration)
ON or OFF for the feature Abis
Triggered HR Allocation (for both the
Dynamic Half Rate Allocation and
DYMA functionality).
DHASS
284
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RLCSC, RLSCP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to turn the
check of minimum DL signal strength
ON or OFF for the features Dynamic
Half Rate Allocation and the DHA part
oft Abis Triggered HR Allocation.
DHASSTHRASS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
-dBm
Default:
96
Command:
RLCSC, RLCSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the threshold for minimum
DL signal strength to be applied at
Dynamic Half Rate Allocation during
call setup
DHASSTHRHO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47 to 110
Unit:
-dBm
Default:
98
Command:
RLCSC, RLCSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the threshold for minimum
DL signal strength to be applied at
Dynamic Half Rate Allocation during
handover.
DHPR
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
285
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to turn Speech
Quality Priority (priority consideration)
ON or OFF for the feature Dynamic
Half Rate Allocation.
DHPRL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDHC, RLDHP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the priority level (1-14) for
which the threshold parameters given
in the same command shall apply (one
or both of DTHAMR and DTHNAMR).
The value 15 is used for calls with no
priority level assigned.
DMPR
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMI, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to turn Speech
Quality Priority (priority consideration)
ON or OFF for the feature Dynamic
FR/HR Adaptation.
DMPRL
286
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 15
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
-
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the priority level (1-14) for
which the quality thresholds given in
the same command shall apply (one or
several of DMQBAMR, DMQBNAMR,
DMQGAMR and DMQGNAMR). The
value 15 is used for calls with no
priority level assigned.
DMTFAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Threshold parameter for moving calls
run on AMR HR to FR. When the idle
level is above this value a HR to FR
adaptation is initiated. The parameter
expresses the ratio between idle and
deblocked TCHs in % and is set per
cell.
DMTFNAMR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RLDMC, RLDMP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Threshold parameter for moving calls
run on non AMR HR to FR. When
the idle level is above this value
a HR to FR adaptation is initiated.
The parameter expresses the ratio
between idle and deblocked TCHs in
% and is set per cell.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
287
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
DTHAMRWB
3.36.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
%
Default:
10
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Dynamic HR Allocation threshold for AMR Wideband
(AMR-WB) capable MSs This parameter changes
a percentage value of number of unblocked FR
TCHs in the AMR-WB capable cell when Dynamic
HR Allocation is activated and the MS supports
AMR-WB. If the number of idle FR TCHs in the
cell is above or equal the value of this parameter,
FR TCHs has precedence over HR TCHs. If the
number of idle FR TCHs in the cell is below the
value of this parameter, HR TCHs has precedence
over FR TCHs.
TG Data
DHRAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
0
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,
RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for the 16 kbps part of the Abis
pool for starting and stopping allocation
of AMR HR and HR channels. The
parameter is set per TG.
DFRMAABISTHR
288
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
%
Default:
0
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,
RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for the 16 kbps part of the Abis
path pool for starting and stopping
packing of AMR HR and HR channels
and for starting and stopping move of
FR to HR channels, including AMR.
The parameter is set per TG.
AHPRL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the priority level (1-14) for
which the threshold parameters
given in the same command
shall apply (one or several of
DHRAABISTHR, SDHRAABISTHR,
DAMRREDABISTHR and
SDAMRREDABISTHR). The value 15
is used for calls with no priority level
assigned.
DHRMAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXATC, RXATP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
289
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for the 16 kbps part of the Abis
path pool for when to start and stop
moving of calls run on HR to FR
channels. The parameter is set per
TG.
DHRAABISTHRWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
%
Default:
-
Command:
RXATC
O&M:
-
Comment:
Dynamic HR allocation threshold for 16 kbps pool
of Abis paths for AMR-Wideband (WB) capable
mobiles This parameter changes a threshold value
for starting and stopping the allocation of AMR
HR and HR channels using Abis devices from the
16 kbps pool. This threshold is used in AMR-WB
capable cells for mobiles that support AMR-WB.
The threshold value is expressed as percentage of
idle 16 kbps Abis devices, out of nominal number of
devices in the pool. The allocation of HR channels
due to shortage of Abis resources starts when the
number of idle 16 kbps Abis devices falls below the
threshold value and ends when the number of idle
16 kbps Abis devices exceeds the value determined
by this parameter. The allocation is stopped when
the threshold value is set to 0.
SDHRAABISTHRWB
290
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
%
Default:
-
Command:
RXATC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
Dynamic HR allocation threshold for SC for
AMR-WB capable mobiles This parameter changes
a threshold value for starting and stopping the
allocation of AMR HR and HR channels, in case of
high transmission load on an SC. This threshold
is used in AMR-WB capable cells for mobiles that
support AMR-WB. The threshold value is expressed
as percentage counted as the number of HDLC
packets transmitted through the SC divided by the
maximum number of HDLC packets that can be
transmitted within the timeframe. The allocation of
HR channels due to shortage of SC resources starts
when the number of transmitted HDLC packets
exceeds the threshold value and ends when the
number of transmitted HDLC packets falls below the
value determined by this parameter. The allocation
is stopped when the threshold value is set to 100.
3.37
Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
3.37.1
Cell Data
MAXLAPDM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
5 to 12
Unit:
LAPDm frames
Default:
5
Command:
RLDUC, RLDUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used to control the maximum
length of the GPRS signalling
messages sent on the FACCH.
ALLOCPREF
Type:
String
Range:
QUAL, PACK
Unit:
-
Default:
QUAL
Command:
RLDUC, RLDUP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
291
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
It is used as a preference at DTM
channel allocation in some situations;
whether the TCH (CS part) in a
DTM connection shall be allocated
with maximum speech quality
considerations or with packing
considerations (to prefer a TCH/HR).
OPTMSCLASS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
11
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDUP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines the optional DTM multislot
classes supported in a cell. The
optional DTM multislot classes
are added with the parameter
OPTMSCLASSADD, see Page 292,
and removed with the parameter
OPTMSCLASSREM, see Page 292.
OPTMSCLASSADD
Type:
Numeral
Range:
11
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDUC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines for which optional DTM
multislot class support shall be added
in a cell. See also OPTMSCLASS,
Page 292
OPTMSCLASSREM
292
Type:
Numeral
Range:
11
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLDUC
O&M:
-
Comments:
Defines for which optional DTM
multislot class support shall be
removed in a cell. See also
OPTMSCLASS, Page 292
3.38
Flexible Abis (FLAB)
3.38.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
ABISALLOC
Type:
String
Range:
FIXED, FLEXIBLE
Unit:
-
Default:
FIXED
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP.
. .
O&M:
-
Comments:
Controls the way Abis paths are
allocated to the TCHs capable of 64
kbps. The parameter is set per TG.
PILTIMERFLEX
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
% of PILTIMER
Default:
50
Command:
RAEPC, REAPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
293
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to set how
long PDCHs allocated on G-TCHs
and E-TCHs, with a flexible Abis, will
keep the 64 kbps Abis path before
it is downgraded to 16 kbps. This is
applicable if FLEXHIGHGPRS = 0 and
if there are GPRS traffic but no longer
any EGPRS traffic on the PDCH. The
time is decided by PILTIMERFLEX *
PILTIMER/100.
ABIS64KTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
0
Command:
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for packing of flexibly allocated
Abis paths in the 64 kbps part of the
Abis path pool.
DAMRREDABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
20
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXATC,
RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for the 16 kbps part of the Abis
path pool for starting and stopping
allocation of AMR FR channels with
reduced codec set.
DAMRCR
294
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.38.2
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter activates and
deactivates Full Rate AMR on 8k Abis.
The parameter is set per TG.
Cell Data
FLEXHIGHGPRS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter defines whether 16
kbps (0) or 64 kbps (1) Abis paths shall
be allocated for non-EGPRS capable
mobiles.
DAMRCRABIS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to activate or
deactivate the feature Full Rate AMR
on 8 kbps Abis on cell level.
DAMRCRABISPR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
295
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLDAC, RLDAP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter is used to
activate/deactivate the feature
Speech Quality Priority for FR AMR on
8 kbps Abis.
3.39
Voice Group Call Service
3.39.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PAGPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–5
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates the lowest
paging priority that will cause a paging
for a call in an ongoing group call.
VGPRIO
296
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–15
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates the lowest
voice group call priority that will cause
a notification into ongoing calls and
group calls.
NOTIFP
3.39.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–30
Unit:
Seconds
Default:
5
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates the repetition
period for notifications into ongoing
group calls.
Cell Data
FBVGCHALLOC
Type:
String
Range:
BCCHBAND, ANYBAND
Unit:
-
Default:
BCCHBAND
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates in which
frequency band the voice group
channels shall be allocated.
REPPERNCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–40
Unit:
Multiframes
Default:
4
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
297
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates the repetition
period for notifications (the maximum
time between notifications) for ongoing
group calls on NCH.
VGCHALLOC
Type:
String
Range:
NOPREF, BCCHPREF,
BCCHNOPREF
Unit:
-
Default:
BCCHPREF
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter determines if a voice
group channel shall be allocated
preferably on the BCCH frequency,
preferably not on the BCCH frequency
or with no preference.
CHMAX
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 32
Unit:
-
Default:
32
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicatets the absolute
number of allowed VGCHs per cell.
DYNVGCH
298
Type:
String
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates if the feature
Dynamic VGCH Handling is activated
or deactivated.
VGENCR
Type:
String
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLVGC, RLVGP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter indicates if the feature
VGCS Channel Encryption is activated
or deactivated.
3.40
Tandem Free Operation (TFO)
3.40.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PCMLAW
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter is used to set the
correct PCM law type on the A
interface. The parameter is set per
BSC.
0: A-Law
1: µ-Law
TFOCONFIGTRA
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
299
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
TFO configuration switch. This
parameter is used to switch on or off
all TRA R6 boards to support TFO.
The parameter is set per BSC.
0: OFF
1: ON
TFOPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is used to steer
handover regulations in TFO. The
parameter is set per BSC.
0: All types of handover allowed in
TFO
1: All types of handover allowed in
TFO except the following:
• DYMA (FR to HR adaptations)
• HR Packing
• Cell Load Sharing
• Subcell Load Distribution
• TCH Optimization
• Improved Abis Utilization
TFOSTATUS
300
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is used to turn the
feature TFO ON (=1) or OFF (=0). The
parameter is set per BSC.
3.41
Handover and Signalling Robustness
3.41.1
BSC Data
REEST
Type:
String
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFEHI, RFEHE, RFEHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter initiate, end and print
the status of Reestablish of Layer 2
functionality.
REPFACCH
Type:
String
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFEHI, RFEHE, RFEHP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter initiate, end and print
the status of Repeated Downlink
FACCH.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
301
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SACCHDLTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–63
Unit:
-
Default:
8
Command:
RFEAC, RFEAI, RFEAP
O&M:
-
Comment:
SACCHDLTHR is used to trigger
Repeated SACCH mode on the DL
when Enhanced AMR Coverage is
activated.
Repeated SACCH mode is triggered
per call and direction
SACCHULTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–63
Unit:
-
Default:
8
Command:
RFEAC, RFEAI, RFEAP
O&M:
-
Comment:
SACCHULTHR is used to trigger
Repeated SACCH mode on the UL
when Enhanced AMR Coverage is
activated.
Repeated SACCH mode is triggered
per call and direction
3.42
Find Faulty Antenna Features
3.42.1
BSC Data
BSCFFAD
302
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ENABLED, DISBALED
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
DISABLED
Command:
RFADI, RFADE, RFADP
O&M:
Changing the parameter from
ENABLED to DISABLED will
deactivate the feature in all cells (that
have been activated from R-PMO).
Comments:
Status of the function FFAD in the
BSC.
RFADP gives a common status
printout for all Find Faulty Antenna
features.
BSCFFTAD
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit:
-
Default:
DISABLED
Command:
RFTDI, RFTDE, RFADP
O&M:
Changing the parameter from
ENABLED to DISABLED will
deactivate the feature in all cells (that
have been activated from R-PMO).
Comments:
Status of the function FFTAD in the
BSC.
RFADP gives a common status
printout for all Find Faulty Antenna
features.
3.43
Packet Abis over IP
3.43.1
BSC Data
CRC32
Type:
String
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
ON
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
303
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies if CRC-32
checksum should be calculated
according to ISO 3309 and included in
the IP packet. The setting will apply to
both uplink and downlink. Setting this
parameter to ON will increase the IP
overhead.
ON = CRC 32 included in IP packet
OFF = CRC 32 not included in IP
packet
DSCPDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
QoS class
Default:
0
Command:
RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the Differential
Services Code Point (DSCP) that will
be used by the PGW for downlink
packets with certain SAPI. Each DSCP
value defines a separate QoS class
and can be used to prioritize downlink
packets in the IP network.
DSCPUL
304
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
QoS class
Default:
0
Command:
RRPTC, RRPTI, RRPTP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the Differential
Services Code Point (DSCP) that will
be used by STN for uplink packets
with certain SAPI. Each DSCP value
defines a separate QoS class and can
be used to prioritize downlink packets
in the IP network.
IPDEVNO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–127
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the IP device
number.
IPDEV2NO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–65535
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the IP device
number.
IPDEVTYPE
Type:
String 1–7
Range:
RTIPPGW
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
305
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the type of
device to be used by an IP address.
(This is the only applicable value for
Packet Abis over IP).
JBSUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–255
Unit:
ms
Default:
20
Command:
RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the size of the
uplink jitter buffer.
MBWDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
64–16384
Unit:
kbps
Default:
—
Command:
RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the maximum
bandwidth in downlink.
The parameter defines the bandwidth
in downlink that is considered
100% when calculating thresholds
for triggering overload prevention
mechanisms.
This value should be set as close to
the actual bandwidth as possible.
MBWUL
306
Type:
Numeral
Range:
64–16384
Unit:
kbps
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
—
Command:
RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the maximum
bandwidth in uplink.
The parameter defines the bandwidth
in uplink that is considered 100% when
calculating thresholds for triggering
overload prevention mechanisms.
This value should be set slightly less
than the actual bandwidth.
MODE
Type:
String
Range:
IPM, SCM
Unit:
—
Default:
-
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the mode for
the SCGR.
IPM = IP Mode
SCM = Super Channel Mode
OVLTH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1000
Unit:
1/10 of %
Default:
25
Command:
RRBGC, RRBGI, RRBGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
307
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the overload
threshold, expressed in tenth parts of a
percent, for transmission links. When
over the threshold, this LAPD Bundling
Group is considered congested and
appropriate overload handling occurs.
This threshold is a fraction of the lost
packets out of the total sent packets.
PSTU
Type:
String 1–20
Range:
—
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RRSGC, RRSGI, RRSGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the host name
of the Site Transport Node (STN) that
handles the SCGR.
SC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–3
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the super
channel number within a super
channel group.
SCGR
308
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–2047
Unit:
-
Default:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.43.2
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the group of
super channels that terminate in the
same TG.
TG Data
JBSDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–255
Unit:
ms
Default:
20
Command:
RXMOC, RXMOI, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the size of the
downlink jitter buffer.
PACKALG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter sets the packing
algorithm used on the Abis traffic
generated by the TG. 0 = No packing,
1 = Packing algorithm 1.
SDAMRREDABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
309
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,
RXATC, RXTAP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping the
allocation of AMR FR channels with
reduced codec set, in case of high
transmission load on a super channel.
The allocation is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter DAMRCRABIS per cell.
SDFRMAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping of move
from FR to HR channels, including
AMR, in case of high transmission
load on a super channel. The moving
of channels is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
SDHRAABISTHR
310
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,
RXATC, RXATP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping
the allocation of AMR HR and HR
channels, in case of high transmission
load on a super channel. The
allocation is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
TMODE
Type:
String
Range:
TDM, SCM
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter sets the TG
Transmission Mode.
TDM = TG in Time Division Multiplexing
Mode
SCM = TG in Super Channel Mode
LBG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–255
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRPTC, RRPTP
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD bundling group identity witin a
TG.
MCLTDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–20
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
311
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
ms
Default:
1
Command:
RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD bundling time for bundling group
dowlink.
MCLTUL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–20
Unit:
ms
Default:
1
Command:
RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD bundling time for bundling group
uplink.
MPLSDL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
300–1465
Unit:
bytes
Default:
1465
Command:
RRBGC, RRBGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD max bundling size for bundling
group downlink.
MPLSUL
312
Type:
Numeral
Range:
300–1465
Unit:
bytes
Default:
1465
Command:
RRBGC, RRBGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD max bundling size for bundling
group uplink.
SDHRMAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping of move
from HR to FR channels, including
AMR, in case of low transmission
load on a super channel. The moving
of channels is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 0%. The
parameter is set per TG. Note that
this functionality is activated by the
parameter ATHABIS per cell.
JBPTA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-120
Unit:
ms
Default:
20
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
The parameter sets the maximum
jitter for the BTS-BSC round trip that
the 120 ms BTS buffer can handle if
Basic PTA Regulation is used. The
setting of this parameter affects the
GPRS/EGPRS latency. Values shall
(1)
be set according to Reference [1]
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter PAL per TG.
PTA
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
313
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
-
Default:
7
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter indicates a factor for
counting the timing advance for the
Packet-GSL protocol, P-GSL, used
by TGs in super channel mode. The
value should reflect the Abis round trip
delay. Values shall be set according
to Reference [1].
PAL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
PAL indicates if the feature Adaptive
Timers for Packet Abis is activated
0: The P-GSL timing advance is
manually set by the parameter PTA.
1: Automatic adjustment of the P-GSL
timing advance, the parameter JBPTA
sets the buffer depth.
3.43.3
Super Channel Group Data
IPOV
314
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RRSGI, RRSGC, RRSGP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
On/off switch for the Emergency IP
overload handling that based on
Signaling LAPD delay information,
reduces load on Abis by removing
PS frames in first level and removing
CS and PS frames in second level
of overload. This is to prevent TG
Outage.
LDEL
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RRSGI, RRSGC, RRSGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
LAPD Link parameter setting. This
parameter defines specific LAPD link
parameters.
0: The LAPD Link parameters are
selected by SIGDEL parameter
(NORMAL)
1: Specific LAPD Link parameters are
selected (MEDIUM)
3.44
Packet Abis over TDM
3.44.1
TG Data
PACKALG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
315
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter sets the packing
algorithm used in TG. For Packet
Abis over TDM this parameter shall
always be set to 1 to achieve optimal
bandwidth savings.
SDAMRREDABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping the
allocation of AMR FR channels with
reduced codec set, in case of high
transmission load on a super channel.
The allocation is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter DAMRCRABIS per cell.
SDFRMAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping of move
from FR to HR channels, including
AMR, in case of high transmission
load on a super channel. The moving
of channels is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
316
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
SDHRAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP,
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping
the allocation of AMR HR and HR
channels, in case of high transmission
load on a super channel. The
allocation is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 100%. The
(1)
parameter is set per TG.
(1) This functionality is activated by the parameter ATHABIS per cell.
TMODE
Type:
String
Range:
TDM, SCM
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter sets the TG
Transmission Mode.
TDM = TG in Time Division Multiplexing
Mode
SCM = TG in Super Channel Mode
NUMDEV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1–124
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXAPC, RXAPI, RXAPP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
317
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the number of
subsequent PGW devices allocated by
the system (for the particular TG), to
be placed on one of the PGW-RPs.
SDHRMAABISTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–100
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RXATC, RXATP
O&M:
Comments:
This parameter defines a threshold
value for starting and stopping of move
from HR to FR channels, including
AMR, in case of low transmission
load on a super channel. The moving
of channels is stopped when the
threshold value is set to 0%. The
parameter is set per TG. Note that
this functionality is activated by the
parameter ATHABIS per cell.
PTA
318
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–63
Unit:
-
Default:
7
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter indicates a factor for
counting the timing advance for P-GSL
when TG is in SCM transmission
mode. It is not recommended to
set this parameter to less than the
default value as it can impact the
GPRS/EGPRS performance.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.44.2
BSC Data
NUMDEV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
8–31 (E1)
8–24 (T1)
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the number
of subsequent PGW devices, RBLT
devices and ETMx devices that
constitute the super channel. ETMx
devices are used in Evo 8200/BSC
with EvoET boards.
SC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–3
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the super
channel number within a super
channel group.
SCGR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–2047
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRSCC, RRSCI, RRSCP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
319
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the group of
super channels that terminate in the
same TG.
3.45
PGW Load Distribution
3.45.1
BSC Data
FORCE
Type:
String
Range:
<null> or FORCE
Unit:
-
Default:
no FORCE
Command:
RRLRC, RRLRI, RRLRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is used to initiate
an unconditional rearrangement
of SCGRs among available and
non-blocked PGW-RPs. If not given
with the RRLRI command, there will
only be a rearrangement performed
if there has been a trigger for a
'Periodic Rearrangement', but the
actual rearrangement has not been
done, because the 'lo-traffic'hours' has
not yet occured.
MP
320
Type:
Identifier
Range:
0–511
Unit:
MP (Measuring Program)
Default:
-
Command:
RRLRC, RRLRI, RRLRP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is defining a Measuring
Program (MP) to be used together with
the MP and TIME. In this way there is
a link between this functionality and
the new 'Periodic Rearrangement'
included in PGW Load Distribution.
RP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
0–1023 or ALL
Unit:
RP number
Default:
-
Command:
RRPGC, RRPGI, RRPGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is defining the
PGW-RP for which to retreive and
print the PCU load statistics. When
ALL is chosen then all PGW-RPs CPU
load will be shown.
3.46
Reduced Power Consumption in GSM RAN
3.46.1
BSC Exchange Property
TSPS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit:
-
Default:
DISABLED
Command:
RXBFC, RXBFP
O&M:
-
Comment:
DISABLED
Timeslot Power Savings
is not activated in the
TG.
ENABLED
Timeslot Power Savings
is activated in the TG.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
321
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
TRXOFFTARGET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
20 to 100
Unit:
Default:
50
Command:
O&M:
Comment:
This exchange property specifies the
number of intervals with traffic under
the low-traffic threshold level before
disabling a TRX with BTS Power
Savings or MCPA TX Power Savings.
TRXONTARGET
Type:
Numeral
Range:
20 to 100
Unit:
Default:
49
Command:
O&M:
Comment:
This exchange property specifies the
number of intervals with traffic over
the high-traffic threshold level before
enabling a TRX with BTS Power
(1)
Savings or MCPA Power Savings.
(1) The number is decreased if the traffic level is far above the threshold.
TRXOFFDELAY
Type:
Numeral
Range:
60 to 90
Unit:
Scan period (10 seconds)
Default:
30
Command:
322
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
Comment:
This exchange property specifies
the interval between disabling a TRX
within a cell due to BTS Power Savings
or MCPA Power Savings and the
resumption of checking for a further
TRX to disable for BTS Power Savings
or MCPA Power Savings in the same
cell. The value is given as a number of
scans, where the time between each
scan is approximately 10 seconds.
MCPABCCHOFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0,1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
O&M:
Comment:
This exchange property indicates if
TRXs connected to MCPA with BCCH
carrier can be disabled due to MCPA
Power Savings.
0 :TRXs connected to MCPA with
BCCH carrier can not be disabled due
to MCPA TX Power Savings
1: TRXs connected to MCPA with
BCCH carrier can be disabled due to
MCPA TX Power Savings
Valid from release
3.46.2
G13B
Cell Data
BTSPSHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 1014
Unit:
Default:
4
Command:
RLSVC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
323
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
Comment:
This parameter changes the hysteresis
for BTS Power Savings. The value is
expressed as the number of idle TCH
BPCs.
MINREQTCH
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1-1014
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLSVC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the threshold value for
minimum number of required idle TCH BPCs in the
cell. If the number of idle TCH BPCs is below that
threshold immediate enabling of a TRX disabled by
MCPA TX Power Savings is initiated.
PRECCCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO, YES
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RLSVC
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter describes if BCCH power savings
is allowed for Time Slot Numbers (TNs) preceding
TN0 and TNs with CCCH.
Valid from release:
G13A
BCCHPSTYPE
324
Type:
Identifier
Range:
PCPR, PC, PR
Unit:
-
Default:
PCPR
Command:
RLSVC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
O&M:
-
Comment:
Type of BCCH Power Savings in the cell
Valid from release:
PC
BCCH Power Savings power control
PR
BCCH Power Savings reduction
PCPR
BCCH Power Savings power control
and power reduction
G13A
BCCHPS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
INACTIVE, ACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLSVE, RLSVI
O&M:
-
Comment:
BCCH Power Savings state in the cell.
Valid from release:
G13A
PRO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 6
Unit:
dB
Default:
1
Command:
RLSVC
O&M:
-
Comment:
BCCH Power Savings power reduction offset.
Valid from release:
G13A
BTSPS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF, DISABLED
Unit:
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLSVI, RLSVC, RLSVE, RLSVP
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
325
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
BTSPS enters the DISABLED state
due to the activation of another
functionality, that requires that all
TRXs are enabled. E.g. if BTSPS
is ON at time of FFTAD activation.
When FFTAD is inactivated in the cell,
BTSPS will be automatically restored
in accordance with the latest BTS
Power Savings command.
Comment:
BTS Power Savings state
OFF
Base Transceiver
Station (BTS)
Power Savings is
not activated in
the cell
ON
BTS Power
Savings is
activated in the
cell
DISABLED
BTS Power
Savings is temp
orarily disabled
by another
functionality in
the cell
MCPAPS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF, DISABLED
Unit:
326
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLSVI, RLSVC, RLSVE, RLSVP
O&M:
MCPAPS enters the DISABLED
state due to the activation of another
functionality that requires that all TRXs
are enabled. For example, MCPAPS
state changes from ON to DISABLED
at FFTAD activation and when FFTAD
is deactivated in the cell MCPAPS
is automatically restored based on
previous MCPA TX Power Savings
parameter settings.
Comment:
MCPA TX Power Savings state
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Valid from release
OFF
MCPA TX Power
Savings is not
activated in the
cell
ON
MCPA TX Power
Savings is
activated in the
cell
DISABLED
MCPA TX Power
Savings is temp
orarily disabled
by another
functionality in
the cell
G13B
MCPASHYST
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 1014
Unit:
Default:
16
Command:
RLSVC
O&M:
Comment:
This parameter changes the hysteresis
for MCPA TX Power Savings. The
value is expressed as the number of
idle TCH BPCs.
Valid from release
G13B
PSVTYPE
Type:
String
Range:
BTSPS, BCCHPS, MCPAPS,
Unit:
-
Default:
BTSPS
Command:
RLSVI, RLSVE, RLSVP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter indicates what type of
power savings that is activated in the
cell.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
327
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
PRECCCH
3.46.3
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO, YES
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RLSVC
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter describes if BCCH Power Savings
is allowed for Time Slot Numbers (TNs) preceding
TN0 and TNs with CCCH.
Valid from release:
G13A
TG Data
PSUPS
3.47
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXBFC, RXBFP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter is used to switch PSU
Power Savings ON and OFF.
Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band
During Urgency conditions for bad quality handovers (see parameter
BQOFFSET, Page 92, and parameter EXTPEN, Page 94), Dynamic MS
Power Control (see Section 3.9 on page 143), Dynamic BTS Power Control
(see Section 3.11 on page 151) and Intra Cell Handover (see Section
3.14 on page 168), different values for some parameters have to be
considered for AMR WB connections. For this purpose, AMR WB specific
parameters BQOFFSETAWB, QLIMDLAWB, QLIMULAWB, SSDESULAWB,
QDESULAWB, SSDESDLAWB, QDESDLAWB, SSOFFSETULAWB,
QOFFSETULAWB, SSOFFSETDLAWB and QOFFSETDLAWB are used.
328
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.47.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
AMRWBDYMAPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Controls prioritization of AMR-WB when DYMA is
active.
0
No prioritization between AMR-WB and AMR
FR when DYMA is active
1
AMR-WB connections prioritized when DYMA
is active. This means that AMR FR connections
shall be suggested to be moved to HR before
AMR-WB connections.
AMRWBFB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Controls the fallback solution for AMR-WB
connections when AMR-WB can’t be established
end-to-end.
0
No fallback to a narrowband codec will take
place even though AMR-WB end-to-end can’t
be achieved.
1
Fallback to a narrowband codec will take place
(via an intra-cell handover) when AMR-WB
can’t be achieved end-to-end.
AMRWBPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
329
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Controls optimization functions for AMR-WB.
0
Optimization functions will be allowed for
AMR-WB connections.
1
Optimization functions will not be allowed for
AMR-WB connections.
AMRWBSPVERUSE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
AMRWBSPVERUSE is used to decide if channel
service for AMR-WB shall be placed at the top in the
list at change of channel, for example handover.
0
The list of channel services received from the
MSC shall be used.
1
The channel service using AMR-WB shall
be placed at the top in the list at change of
channel.
AMRWBSUPPORT
330
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0, 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
AMR-WB feature switch. Indicate if AMR-WB
support is switched on or off.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
0
AMR-WB switched off.
1
AMR-WB switched on.
HIGHFERDLAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-96
Unit:
FER
Default:
4
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Threshold value for high FER DL. Filtered FER
measurements are compared to this threshold to
evaluate urgency conditions.
HIGHFERULAWB
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-96
Unit:
FER
Default:
4
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Threshold value for high FER UL. Filtered FER
measurements are compared to this threshold to
evaluate urgency conditions
AMRWBDHA
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-2
Unit:
-
Default:
2
Command:
ROEPC
O&M:
-
Comment:
This exchange property indicates if functions
Dynamic HR Allocation and Dynamic HR Allocation
part of Abis Triggered HR Allocation are allowed for
AMR WB connections.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
331
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.47.2
0
Dynamic HR Allocation
functions not allowed.
1
Dynamic HR Allocation
functions allowed at call
set up only.
2
Dynamic HR Allocation
functions allowed at call
set up and handover.
BSC Data
ICMODE
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-11
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLADC, RLADP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The initial codec mode is the codec mode to be
used at call setup and after a handover. The value
0 indicates that the initital codec mode is set in
accordance with the design base rules.
(1)
For Full Rate (FR) codec sets the following bit rates
can be used:
1
4.75
2
5.15
3
5.90
4
6.70
5
7.40
6
7.95
7
10.2
8
12.2
For Half Rate (HR) codec sets the following bit rates
can be used.
332
1
4.75
2
5.15
3
5.90
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
4
6.70
5
7.40
For Wideband (WB) codec sets the following bit
rates can be used.
9
6.60
10
8.85
11
12.65
(1) This parameter is not set to any default value. If initial codec mode is not defined it is chosen
in accordance with 3GPP 45.009.
3.48
Abis Local Connectivity
3.48.1
Cell Data
CODECREST
Type:
String
Range:
NONE, FR, HR, EFR
Unit:
-
Default:
NONE
Command:
RLCLC, RLCLP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The CODECREST parameter
determines if the speech codec
selection in a cell shall be restricted
to a specified codec, and in that case
which speech codec shall be used. It
is only possible to set CODECREST
FR, HR or EFR in cells where the
parameters DMSUPP, DHA and
ATHABIS are all set to OFF.
3.49
BSC Capacity Supervision
3.49.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
GBCAPALARMACT
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
333
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-1
Unit:
-
Default:
1
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment
The parameter set to activate/deactivate possibility
of raising GB supervision alarms.
0
Not active
1
Active
GBCAPWARNTHR
3.50
Type:
Numeral
Range:
50-95
Unit:
%
Default:
80
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment
The parameter sets the threshold value for initiation
of observation alarms.
A-Interface over IP
A-Interface over IP is activated by issuing command RRAII and deactivated by
command RRAIE. When A-Interface over IP is activated and AMR is to be used
the following parameters shall be set: AMRFRSUPPORT set to 5, see Page
249, AMRHRSUPPORT set to 2, see Page 250. If AMR-WB is to be used the
parameterAMRWBSUPPORT shall be set to 0, see Page 330.
3.50.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
PCMLAW
334
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
This parameter is used to set the
correct PCM law type on the A
interface. The parameter is set per
BSC.
0: A-Law
1: µ-Law
3.50.2
BSC Data
DSCP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-63
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies the
Differentiated Services Code Point
(DSCP) that is used by the A-Interface
Gateway (AGW) for uplink Real-time
Transport Protocol (RTP) traffic. The
parameter is set per BSC.
JBS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-255
Unit:
ms
Default:
20
Command:
RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the size of the
downlink jitter buffer.
IPDEVNO
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
335
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0–127
Unit:
—
Default:
—
Command:
RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the IP device
number.
IPDEVTYPE
Type:
String 1–7
Range:
RTIPAGW
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RRIPC, RRIPI, RRIPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines the type of
device to be used by an IP address.
(This is the only applicable value for
A-interface over IP).
DSCP1
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-63
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies the
Differentiated Services Code Point
(DSCP) that is used by the A-Interface
Gateway (AGW) for uplink Real-time
Transport Control Protocol (RTCP)
traffic. The parameter is set per BSC.
MBT
336
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-5
Unit:
ms
Default:
2
Command:
RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies the maximum
time in milliseconds to wait before
sending a multiplexed packet that is
counted from the time when the first
speech frame was inserted in the
packet. The parameter is set per BSC.
MPS
3.51
Type:
Numeral
Range:
400-1500
Unit:
bytes
Default:
1500
Command:
RRAGC, RRAGP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies the maximum
packet size in bytes that can be sent
in a multiplexing session including
IP header, UDP header, multiplexing
headers, RTP headers and payload.
Automatic FLP/Automatic IRC Tuning
The parameters HOMTD, MAXTGCL, MCIMALG, CONFMODE and TIME are
common for Automatic FLP and Automatic IRC Tuning. The feature Automatic
IRC Tuning is not needed when Automatic FLP is used since the functionality of
that feature is included in Automatic FLP.
Note:
3.51.1
In case both AFLP and AIRCT are activated in the same cell it will work
as if only AFLP is active.
BSC Exchange Property Data
HOMTD
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
337
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.51.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines if Mobile Time Difference (MTD) data shall
be requested in Handover Command (1) or not (0).
BSC Data
BSCAFLP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RFFBI, RFFBE, RFFBP
O&M:
RFFBI with option CLEARREC will clear all already
stored Automatic BA-list recordings.
Comment:
Automatic FLP active/inactive in the BSC.
BSCAIRCT
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RFFBI, RFFBE, RFFBP
O&M:
RFFBI with option CLEARREC will clear all already
stored Automatic BA-list recordings.
Comment:
Automatic IRC Tuning active/inactive in the BSC.
MAXTGCL
338
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1-31
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
10
Command:
RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the maximum number of TG clusters in a
Synchronization Cluster.
MCIMALG
Type:
Identifier
Range:
WC, TW
Unit:
-
Default:
WC
Command:
RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Selects algorithm for weighting of average linear
interference used for creation of MAIO Cluster
Interference Matrix.
WC
Worst case traffic weighting algorithm
TW
Actual traffic weighting algorithm
CONFMODE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
IMMED, DELAY
Unit:
-
Default:
DELAY
Command:
RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Selects mode of configuration of Frequency Hopping
Parameters.
IMME
D
Configuration of Frequency Hopping
Parameters is executed immediately after
change of parameter values.
DELA
Y
Configuration of Frequency Hopping
Parameters is delayed to the specified
time.
TIME
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
339
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.51.3
Type:
Numeral
Range:
00-23 (hh), 00-59 (mm)
Unit:
hour, minute
Default:
02 (hh), 00 (mm)
Command:
RFFBC, RFFBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Specifies the time of day, the hour and minute,
configuration of Frequency Hopping Parameters
should take place. The parameter is expressed as
hhmm in the command.
Cell Data
AFLP
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLFCC, RLFCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Automatic FLP feature active/inactive for an
individual cell. For AFLP activation to have effect,
BSCAFLP must be activated.
AIRCT
340
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLFCC, RLFCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Automatic IRC Tuning feature active/inactive for an
individual cell. For AIRCT activation to have effect,
BSCAIRCT must be activated.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
3.52
Multi Operator in BSS
3.52.1
IMSI Handover GSM to GSM
The feature IMSI Handover GSM to GSM is activated/deactivated with the
commands RFIMI and RFIME.
3.52.1.1
BSC Data
IMSIPAT
Type:
String
Range:
5-15 digits, each digit can take the value 0-9
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter specifies an IMSI series pattern.
Mobile Station (MS) with IMSI which matches
defined pattern is assigned to a specified set of IMSI
patterns. An MS which belongs to a specific set
of IMSI patterns receives allowed NCCs specified
for this set only. A maximum number of ten IMSI
patterns are allowed to be added to a specific set.
Note that an IMSI pattern can only be included
in one set, i.e the same IMSI pattern cannot be
included in two or more sets.
NCCPERM
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-7
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the allowed NCCs on the
Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) carriers for
which the MS is permitted to report measurement
results for specific set of IMSI pattern series. A
maximum number of eight NCCs can be defined.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
341
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SET
Type:
Identifier
Range:
A-D
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFIMC, RFIMP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter specifies which set that will have an
added or removed IMSIPAT or NCCPERM.
A
Set A
B
Set B
C
Set C
D
Set D
3.53
16/32 QAM
3.53.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Control of which MCS that shall be used in the
downlink when E2A Link Quality Control is switched
off.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
LQCDEFMCSULE2A
342
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 11
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Default:
5
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Control of which MCS that shall be used in the uplink
when E2A Link Quality Control is switched off.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
-
Default:
12
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Maximum MCS that is supported for E2A downlink.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A
3.53.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 11
Unit:
-
Default:
11
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Maximum MCS that is supported for E2A uplink.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
Cell Data
E2AINITMCS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
-
Default:
3
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
343
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Initial MCS for an E2A-TBF.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
E2ALQC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter activates and deactivates
EGPRS2-A LQC.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
EINITMCS
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 9
Unit:
-
Default:
3
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Initial MCS for an E-TBF.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
RTTIINITMCS
344
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 12
Unit:
-
Default:
5
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comment:
Initial MCS for a TBF in RTTI mode. For an E-TBF,
values 10-12 will be interpreted as 9.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
E2APDCHBR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
1 to 100
Unit:
kbps
Default:
65
Command:
RLGQC, RLGQP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Defines the minimum estimated bitrate per
E2A-PDCH in cell used for transfer of the traffic
class Streaming.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
PSKONBCCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ENABLED, DISABLED
Unit:
-
Default:
ENABLED
Command:
RLGSC, RLGSP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter is used to disable the use of
modulations other than GMSK on the BCCH carrier.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
3.54
VAMOS
3.54.1
BSC Data
AHRVAMOS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
345
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
-
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter activates the VAMOS allocation
using AMR HR speech codecs in the BSC.
OFF VAMOS Allocation using AMR HR speech
codec is not active.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS Allocation using AMR HR speech
codec is active.
BSS G11B
AWBVAMOS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter activates the VAMOS allocation
using AMR WB speech codecs in the BSC.
OFF VAMOS Allocation using AMR WB speech
codec is not active.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS Allocation using AMR WB speech
codec is active.
BSS G11B
HRVAMOS
346
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter activates the VAMOS allocation
using non-AMR HR speech codecs in the BSC.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
OFF VAMOS Allocation using non-AMR HR
speech codec is not active.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS Allocation using non-AMR HR
speech codec is active.
BSS G11B
VAMOSBSCSTATE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFVBI, RFVBE, RFVBP
O&M:
TRHs on RPG2 and RPG3 must be halted to enable
VAMOS
Comment:
Status of VAMOS in the BSC. This parameter
indicates the status of VAMOS functionality in the
BSC.
OFF VAMOS is not activated.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS is activated.
BSS G11B
FRVAMOS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS allocation using FR transcoders. The
parameter activates the VAMOS allocation using FR
transcoders in the BSC.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
EFRVAMOS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
347
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS allocation using EFR transcoders. The
parameter activates the VAMOS allocation using
EFR transcoders in the BSC.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
AFRVAMOS
3.54.2
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVBC, RFVBP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS allocation using AMR FR transcoders. The
parameter activates the VAMOS allocation using
AMR FR transcoders in the BSC.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
Cell Data
VCSCC
348
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-4080 in steps of 8
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFCAC, RFCAP
O&M:
The value of the parameter can only be decreased
when the cell is halted. The value of the parameter
can be increased when the cell is active or halted.
Comment:
SCC (Simultaneous Call Connections) limit for
VAMOS. This parameter changes the number of
possible SCC in the cell, set up using VAMOS.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
AQPSKONBCCH
Type:
Identifier
Range:
Disabled, Enabled
Unit:
-
Default:
Enabled
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
The cell has to be halted to change the value of
AQPSKONBCCH.
Comment:
AQPSK (Adaptive Quaternary Phase Shift Keying)
modulation on BCCH frequency. This parameter
enables the AQPSK modulation for a Traffic
Channel (TCH) on the Broadcast Control Channel
(BCCH) frequency.
DISA AQPSK is not allowed to be used on the
BLE BCCH frequency.
D
ENAB AQPSK is allowed to be used on the BCCH
LE
frequency.
D
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
ASSV
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
ON
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS allocation at reception of the message
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST. This parameter enables
the allocation of channel for a Mobile Station (MS) in
an active VAMOS pair at call setup.
OFF VAMOS allocation at call setup is not allowed.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS allocation at call setup is allowed.
BSS G11B
SSTHRASSV
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
349
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47-100
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
80
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
DL signal strength threshold at call setup for VAMOS
at ASSIGNMENT REQUEST.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
SSTHRV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
47-100
Unit:
dBm (negative)
Default:
95
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The minimum DL and UL signal strength that is
required to allow VAMOS at call set up and intra
cell handover.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B
QBAHRV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default:
50
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Channel quality threshold for MSs in an active
VAMOS pair using an AMR HR TCH. This parameter
sets when an MS using an AMR HR TCH is moved
from an active VAMOS pair due to bad quality.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
QBAWBV
350
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default:
50
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Channel quality threshold for MSs in an active
VAMOS pair using an AMR WB TCH. This
parameter sets when an MS using an AMR WB
TCH is moved from an active VAMOS pair due to
bad quality.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
QBNAV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default:
45
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Channel quality threshold for MSs in an active
VAMOS pair using a non-AMR TCH. This parameter
sets when an MS using a non-AMR TCH is moved
from an active VAMOS pair due to bad quality.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
QDESDLOV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-10 to +10
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
351
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment:
VAMOS desired downlink quality offset. This
parameter changes the offset for desired downlink
quality for the used speech codec when the MS
becomes part of an active VAMOS pair.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
QDESULOV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
-10 to +10
Unit:
dB
Default:
0
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS desired uplink quality offset. This parameter
changes the offset for desired uplink quality for the
used speech codec when the MS becomes part of
an active VAMOS pair.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
TSCSET1PAIRS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NO, YES
Unit:
-
Default:
YES
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
The cell has to be halted to change the value of
TSCSET1PAIRS.
Comment:
This parameter enables two MSs using Training
Sequence Code (TSC) from TSC set 1 to form an
active VAMOS pair.
YES Two MSs using TSC set 1 are allowed to form
an active VAMOS pair.
NO
Valid from release:
Two MSs using TSC set 1 are not allowed to
form an active VAMOS pair.
BSS G11B
VAMOSCELLSTATE
352
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RFVCI, RFVCE, RFVCP
O&M:
The cell has to be halted to change the value of
VAMOSCELLSTATE.
Comment:
The parameter indicates the status of Voice sevices
over Adaptive Multi-user channels on One Slot
(VAMOS) functionality in the cell.
OFF VAMOS is not activated.
ON
Valid from release:
VAMOS is activated.
BSS G11B
CLTHV
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, ON
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter enables cell load thresholds for
VAMOS Allocation, VAMOS Packing and splitting
of VAMOS pairs into non-VAMOS allocations
(de-VAMOS).
Valid from release:
BSS G12B
THRAV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
15
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
353
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment:
The high cell load threshold to use for VAMOS
allocation. Only used if CLTHV is ON. This
parameter indicates a percentage value of number
of unblocked TCH BPCs and when the number
of idle TCH BPCs in the cell is below the value,
VAMOS allocation will be initiated.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B
THRVP
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
10
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The high cell load threshold to use for VAMOS
usage during VAMOS Packing evaluation. Only
used if CLTHV is ON. This parameter indicates a
percentage value of number of unblocked TCH
BPCs and when the number of idle TCH BPCs in
the cell is below the value, VAMOS Packing will be
initiated.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B
THRDV
354
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 100
Unit:
%
Default:
100
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The low cell load threshold to use for de-VAMOS
(splitting a VAMOS pair into non-VAMOS
allocations) evaluation. Only used if CLTHV is
ON. This parameter indicates a percentage value
of number of unblocked TCH BPCs and when the
number of idle TCH BPCs in the cell is above the
value, de-VAMOS will be initiated.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
FULLAQPSK
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
The cell must be halted to change the value of
FULLAQPSK.
Comment:
Full AQPSK allows the output power from the BTS
to be shared unevenly between the two mobiles in
a VAMOS pair.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
(1)
(1) BTS G13B is required
QBAFRV
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-100
Unit:
dtqu (deci transformed GSM quality units)
Default:
55
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter sets when an MS using an Adaptive
Multi Rate (AMR) Full Rate (FR) TCH is moved from
an active VAMOS pair due to bad quality.
Valid from release:
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
VHOSUCCESS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
OFF, BADQUALITY, ALWAYS
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RFVCC, RFVCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter enables usage of increased HO
success rate for VAMOS
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
355
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Valid from release:
OFF:
Increased HO success rate is not
allowed.
BADQUALI
TY:
Increased HO success rate is only
used at ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
when serving channel is in VAMOS
allocation and the traffic case is
de-VAMOS due to bad quality.
ALWAYS:
Increased HO success rate is always
used at ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
when the serving channel is in
VAMOS allocation.
(1)
BSS G12B with VAMOS Advanced
(1) BTS G13A is required
3.54.3
Hardware Characteristics Data
IMBVAMOS
Type:
Identifier
Range:
YES, NO
Unit:
-
Default:
NO
Command:
RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
VAMOS allocation when RX path imbalance. This
parameter indicates if VAMOS allocation is allowed
when RX path imbalance exists.
YES VAMOS allocation is allowed when RX path
imbalance exists.
NO
Valid from release:
3.55
MCPA
3.55.1
MCPA Data
VAMOS allocation is not allowed when RX
path imbalance exists.
BSS G12B
IPM
356
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Enumerated
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M:
-
Comment:
Activates/deactivates the temporary power override
functionality for the MCPA represented by the
MCTR MO.
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
MAXPWR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-50 (until G11B)
0.0 to 50.0 (from G12A)
Unit:
dBm
Default:
43 (until G11B)
43.0 (from G12A)
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M:
-
Comment:
Maximum mean output power for the MCPA
represented by the MCTR MO. This parameter
can be set with one decimal from G12A and on,
but this possibility is only allowed in mixed mode
configurations where power overbooking is used,
see Reference [2].
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
MAXTRX
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-15, UNDEF
Unit:
-
Default:
UNDEF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP, RXMSC
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
357
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comment:
Maximum number of TRXs possible to connect to
the MCPA represented by the MCTR MO.
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
PAO
Type:
Enumerated
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
Activates/deactivates the possibility that the sum of
TX power configured for the TXs using one MCPA
exceeds the total available power for the MCPA.
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
TXMPWR
358
Type:
Enumerated
Range:
AUTO, MANUAL
Unit:
-
Default:
AUTO
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines how the value of maximum
TX power (MPWR) is configured.
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
Type:
Enumerated
Range:
ON, OFF
Unit:
-
Default:
OFF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Comment:
This parameter is set if mixed mode on the MCTR is
activated. The availability of this parameter depends
on commercial agreements.
Valid from release:
BSS G11B
AIR
3.55.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 4095
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXGCI, RXGCP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines to which AIR Grouping
Object (GO) the MCTR MO (or MCPA) shall be
connected. Only MCTR MOs representing AIR HW
shall be connected to AIR GO. See also section 4.1
for AIR GO definition.
Valid from release:
G13A
TRX Data
MCTRI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0-15, UNDEF
Unit:
-
Default:
UNDEF
Command:
RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter defines to which MCTR MO (or
MCPA) the TRXC MO (or TRX) shall be connected.
Valid from release:
BSS G10B
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
359
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
3.56
Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS
3.57
GSM and TD-SCDMA Interworking
3.57.1
BSC Exchange Property Data
COEXUMTS
3.57.2
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 5
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Support for Coexistence of GSM and UMTS, see
also Page 227
0
OFF
1
ON: Feature GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover is activated
2
ONADDINFO: Feature GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover and feature
Combined Cell Reselection Trigger GSM
to WCDMA are activated.
3
ONADDINFO; GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover and
Combined Handover Triggering GSM to
WCDMA are activated
4
ONADDINFO; GSM-UMTS Cell
Reselection and Handover, Combined
Cell Reselection Triggering GSM to
WCDMA and Combined Handover
Triggering GSM to WCDMA are activated
5
ON: Feature Cell Reselection to
TD-SCDMA is activated
Cell Data
FASTRETTDSCDMA
360
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Type:
Identifier
Range:
ACTIVE, INACTIVE
Unit:
-
Default:
INACTIVE
Command:
RLTRI, RLTRE, RLTRP
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter shows the activation status of
the feature Fast Return to TD-SCDMA after Call
Release.
Valid from release:
G13A
TDDQOFF
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
5
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines a RSCP threshold for cell
reselection to a TD-SCDMA cell. The measured
RSCP must be above this threshold during 5
seconds before the mobile can perform cell
reselection to that TD-SCDMA cell
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
0
-105 dBm
1
-102 dBm
2
-99 dBm
3
-96 dBm
4
-93 dBm
5
-90 dBm
6
-87 dBm
7
-84 dBm
8
-81 dBm
9
-78 dBm
10
-75 dBm
11
-72 dBm
12
-69 dBm
361
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Valid from release:
13
-66 dBm
14
-63 dBm
15
-60 dBm
G13A
TMFI
Type:
Identifier
Range:
MTDDARFCN, CELLPARAM, TSTD, SCTD
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLUMC
O&M:
-
Comment:
This parameter specifies UTRAN Time Division
Duplex (TDD) measurement frequency information
for a neighboring UTRAN TDD cell that a multi-RAT
MS measures on in the cell.
CELLPAR
AM:
Represents code group, scrambling
code, long basic midamble code and
short basic midamble code of the
UTRAN TDD cell.
0 to 127
MTDDAR
FCN:
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (ARFCN) for the UTRAN TDD
cell.
0 to 16383
SCTD:
Space Code Transmit Diversity (SCTD)
indicator
DIV, NODIV
TSTD:
Time Switched Transmit Diversity
(TSTD) indicator
DIV, NODIV, ALL
Valid from release:
G13A
TQSI
362
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Unit:
dBm
Default:
15
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines if the monitoring of
TD-SCDMA cells will be performed if the signal level
of the GSM cell is below (0-6) or above the threshold
(8-14), always (7) or never (15) for mobiles in idle
mode.
Valid from release:
G13A
COVERAGET
Type:
Identifier
Range:
GOOD, BAD
Unit:
-
Default:
GOOD
Command:
RLRTC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter indicates the coverage of all
TD-SCDMA cells on a TD-SCDMA frequency within
the coverage area of the GSM cell. It is specified per
TD-SCDMA frequency per GSM cell. The parameter
has no relevance if the Active Measurement
Frequency List is used and can only be set if feature
Fast Return to LTE after Call Release is activated.
Valid from release:
G13A
TDDMRR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 3
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the number of TD-SCDMA
cells that the mobile should include in measurement
reports.
Valid from release:
G13A
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
363
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
TDDTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 8
Unit:
dBm
Default:
8
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines a RSCP threshold for
measurement reporting of a TD-SCDMA cell.
The mobile shall include the TD-SCDMA cell in a
measurement report if measured RSCP is above
this threshold (0-6), never (7) or always (8).
Valid from release:
0
-115 dBm
1
-109 dBm
2
-103 dBm
3
-97 dBm
4
-91 dBm
5
-85 dBm
6
-79 dBm
7
Never report UTRAN TDD cells
8
Always report UTRAN TDD cells
G13A
TQSC
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
dBm
Default:
15
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The Parameter defines if the monitoring of
TD-SCDMA cells will be performed if the signal
level of the GSM cell is below (0-6) or above the
threshold (8-14), always (7) or never (15) for mobiles
in connected mode.
0
364
-98
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
1
-94
2
-90
3
-86
4
-82
5
-78
6
-74
7
Infinite, always search for UTRAN TDD cells
8
-78
9
-74
10
-70
11
-66
12
-62
13
-58
14
-54
15
Infinite, never search for UTRAN TDD cells
Valid from release:
G13A
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RLSUC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the control of TD-SCDMA
measurements after entering active mode, before
reading the first TQSC. In that period TD-SCDMA
measurements can always be performed (=1) or
according to TQSI value (=0).
Valid from release:
G13A
HPRIOTHR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dB
Default:
9
Command:
RLSRC
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
365
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the minimum threshold for
reselection to TD-SCDMA frequencies of higher
priority than GSM. The value "measured RSCP
value" - QRXLEVMINU for TD-SCDMA must be
above the threshold. The parameter is defined per
TDDARFCN for TD-SCDMA frequencies.
Valid from release:
0
0 dB
1
2 dB
2
4 dB
3
6 dB
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
58 dB
30
60 dB
31
62 dB
32
64 dB
G13A
LPRIOTHR
366
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dB
Default:
9
Command:
RLSRC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the minimum threshold for
reselection to TD-SCDMA frequencies of lower
priority than GSM. The value "measured RSCP
value" - QRXLEVMINU for TD-SCDMA must be
above the threshold. The parameter is defined per
TDDARFCN for TD-SCDMA frequencies.
0
0 dB
1
2 dB
2
4 dB
3
6 dB
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Valid from release:
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
58 dB
30
60 dB
31
62 dB
32
64 dB
G13A
QRXLEVMINU
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 31
Unit:
dBm
Default:
0
Command:
RLSRC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the minimum required RSCP
level for cells on the target TD-SCDMA frequency.
This parameter is defined per TDDARFCN.
Valid from release:
0
-119 dBm
1
-117 dBm
2
-115 dBm
3
-113 dBm
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
-61 dBm
30
-59 dBm
31
-57 dBm
G13A
RATPRIO
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 7
Unit:
-
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
367
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Default:
-
Command:
RLSRC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the priority of GSM and
TD-SCDMA frequencies. The priority may not be
the same for different RATs but may be the same
within a RAT. The TD-SCDMA priority is defined per
TDDARFCN. 0 is the lowest priority and 7 is the
highest priority.
Valid from release:
G13A
TDDARFCN
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 16383
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RLSRC
O&M:
-
Comment:
The parameter defines the UTRAN TDD Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel Number to which priority
based cell reselection shall be performed. The value
shall correspond to MTDDARFCN in TMFI.
Valid from release:
G13A
3.58
BTS Soft Sync
3.58.1
TG Data
ALIGNTYPE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
NOA, TSA, HFA
Unit:
-
Default:
NOA
Command:
RXTSI, RXTSC, RXTSE
O&M:
Comment:
368
The parameter sets the type of synchronization
alignment.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Cell Data
Valid from release:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
NOA
No alignment
TSA
Time slot alignment
HFA
Hyperframe alignment
G13B
369
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
370
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Hardware Characteristics
4
Hardware Characteristics
Parameters in this section describe the configuration and characteristics of the
hardware in the BTS.
4.1
Allocation Data for Transceiver Group
CHGR
See also Section 3.1.5 on page 33. If a cell has more than one channel group
that are connected to the same transceiver group they can be defined in the
same table of the CDD, for example CHGR: 0&1.
Note:
Due to HW differences, TRXs of RBS 2308/2309 and RBS 2302 must
be dedicated to separate CHGRs.
TG
Type:
Numeral
Range:
RXOTG - TG (0 ≤ TG ≤ 2047) for BTS logical model
G12(RBS 2000 series)
In the CDD only the TG part (0 to 2047) of the full TG
identity is specified
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOE, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXESE, RXESI,
RXTCI, RXTCE, RXBLE, RXBLI, RXPLI, RXPLE, RXAPI,
RXAPE, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Transceiver group (TG) identity. Each TG must be given
a unique value of TG within a BSC. It is recommended to
start with TG = 0 and then increase TG one step at a time.
A TG is connected to a cell via one or more channel
groups. A TG can support maximum 16 channel groups.
If the BTS belongs to the RBS 2000 series, a TG can
support channel groups in more than one cell, that is one
TG can serve all cells (maximum 3) at the site:
TG 0: CellA1, CellA2, CellA3
Each TG can contain up to:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
371
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RBS 2101
4 TRXs
RBS 2102
12 TRXs
RBS 2103
12 TRXs
RBS 2106
12 TRXs
RBS 2107
6 TRXs
RBS 2109
6 TRXs
RBS 2111
6 TRXs
RBS 2202
12 TRXs
RBS 2206
12 TRXs
RBS 2207
6 TRXs
RBS 2216
12 TRXs
RBS 2301
2 TRXs
RBS 2302
6 TRXs
RBS 2308
12 TRXs
RBS 2309
6 TRXs
RBS 2401
2 TRXs
RBS 2308 |
RBS 2302
12 TRX (8 TRX | 4 TRX)
RBS 2309 |
RBS 2302
8 TRX (4 TRX | 4 TRX)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)(3)
It is recommended to define one TG per site if not more
TRXs/TRUs than those specified above are required.
(1) Due to limitations in hardware, the 6 TRXs are located at instances 0–1, 4–5 and 8–9.
(2) Due to limitations in hardware, the TRXs for the RBS 2302 are located at instances 8–11
(3) Due to limitations in hardware, the TRXs for the RBS 2309 are located at instances 0–1, 4–5
TFMODE
Type:
Identifier
Range:
M, S, SA
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the TF is out of service.
Comments:
Timing Function Synchronisation Mode.
Mode of the timing function in the TG.
372
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Hardware Characteristics
M
Master. Synchronised
from the synchronisation
source and distributed to
other TFs.
S
Slave. Synchronised
from other TFs.
SA
Standalone.
Synchronised from
synchronisation source.
The timing function is used for the synchronisation
of the different TGs within a site. The master TG at
the site handles the synchronisation of the frame
numbers within the site.
SYNCSRC
Type:
Identifier
Range:
INTI, INTE, PCM, DEFAULT
Unit:
-
Default:
DEFAULT
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the TF is out of service.
Comments:
Timing function synchronisation source in the BSC.
This parameter is only valid for base stations of the
RBS 2000 series.
INTI
Synchronisation taken
from internally calibrated,
internal oscillator
reference.
INTE
Synchronisation
taken from externally
calibrated, internal
oscillator reference.
PCM
Synchronisation taken
from transport network
reference.
DEFAULT
Synchronisation taken
from source determined
by BTS capabilities.
ANT
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
373
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed
when the transmitter is out of service.
Comments:
Antenna Designation.
Name of antenna connected to transmitter.
ANTA
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when the
receiver is out of service.
Comments:
Antenna A Designation.
Name of antenna A connected to receiver.
ANTB
Type:
String
Range:
1 to 7 characters
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed when the receiver is out of
service.
Comments:
Antenna B Designation.
Name of antenna B connected to
receiver.
TRXC
374
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Hardware Characteristics
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 15
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
All commands where the TRXC has
to be specified as a managed object
instance.
TRXC can be regarded as the HW
position for the element that is
addressed by the parameter TEI.
O&M:
-
Comments:
Apart from the L2 address (Terminal
Endpoint Identifier) of the transceiver
controller (TRXC), also the hardware
position of the TRXC must be
specified.
In the logical model G12 (RBS 2000
series) the TRXC is a part of the TRU
and TRXC should be set according to
the position (0 to 11) of this unit.
For both logical models it is
recommended to start with TRXC =
0 in each transceiver group and then
increase TRXC one step at a time.
TEI
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63 for G12 (RBS 2000 series)
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed
when the TRXC/CF is out of service.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
375
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Comments:
Terminal Endpoint Identifier.
LAPD element used for L2 addressing to a
TRXC or CF.
It is recommended to use the same value of
TEI as the corresponding value of TRXC. When
configuring a multidrop connection (RBS 2000
only), the TEI for the CF (Central Functions)
must be different for the different connected
(1)
TGs.
(1) TEI must also be defined in the BTS.
MPWR
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 63
Unit:
dBm
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be
changed when the transmitter is out
of service.
Comments:
Maximum Transmitter Power.
It is necessary to specify the capability
of the transmitters available in the TG.
This is done in order to prevent power
orders, which the transmitters cannot
handle.
MPWR is the maximum transmitter
power of the TX at the power amplifier
(PA) output. MPWR must be specified
for each transmitter in the TG.
RXD
376
Type:
Identifier
Range:
A, B, AB
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMOP
O&M:
The parameter is only allowed to be changed when
the receiver is out of service.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Hardware Characteristics
Comments:
Receiver Diversity.
Combination of receiver antennae to be used.
A
Antenna A used only.
B
Antenna B used only.
AB
Receiver diversity
employed using antenna
A and B.
Even when the antenna arrangement is such that
it can provide diversity it is also necessary that
the signal processing in the transceiver unit can
process and take advantage of the two signals. This
diversity feature at the transceiver must therefore be
specified for each TRX.
RXD indicates the use of receiver diversity in a
given TRX.
CLUSTERID
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1023, UNDEF
Unit:
-
Default:
UNDEF
Command:
RXMOI, RXMOC, RXMSC, RXMOP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Tranceiver Group (TG) Cluster
identity. Each defined TG Cluster
identity within a BSC corresponds
to an unique Logical TG Cluster. A
TG Cluster enables synchronization
of bursts transmitted by TGs within
the TG Cluster. A Logical TG Cluster
enables automatic parameter setting
of of parameters associated to the
TG Cluster and automatic master
reselection within the TG Cluster. A
TG that should be part of a Logical
TG Cluster must be given a defined
TG Cluster identity. All TGs that is
connected to the same physical TG
Cluster, that is the same ESB, must be
given the same TG Cluster identity.
AIR
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
377
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Type:
Numeral
Range:
AIR - AIR (0 =< AIR =< 4095
In this document only the AIR part (0 - 4095) of the
full identity is specified.
Unit:
-
Default:
-
Command:
RXGOI, RXGOP
O&M
-
Comment:
AIR GO identity. Each AIR GO must be given an
unique value of AIR within a BSC.
Valid from release:
4.2
BSC Exchange Property Data
EXMASTERRES
378
Type:
Numeral
Range:
0 to 1
Unit:
-
Default:
0
Command:
RAEPC, RAEPP
O&M:
-
Comments:
Exchange Master Reselection. The
value 1 indicates that the functionality
for automatic master reselection within
a Logical TG Cluster is activated. The
value 0 indicates that the functionality
is deactivated.
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CDD Forms
5
CDD Forms
This form may be used as a data request sheet for the parameter settings in
the BSC. The structure is based on the structure in the CDD document.
Site Data
MSC NAME:
RSITE:
BSC:
SITE NAME:
Common Cell Data
BSPWRB:
CELL:
CGI:
BSIC:
BCCHNO:
BCCHTYPE:
AGBLK:
MFRMS:
FNOFFSET:
ECSC:
SCTYPE: UL
MSTXPWR:
BSPWRT:
SCTYPE: OL
MSTXPWR:
BSPWRT:
Channel Group Data
CHGR: 0
HOP:
HSN:
DCHNO:
BCCD:
TSC:
SDCCH:
TN:
CBCH:
NUMREQBPC:
Idle Mode Behaviour Cell Data
ACCMIN:
CCHPWR:
SIMSG 1:
MSGDIST:
SIMSG 7:
MSGDIST:
SIMSG 8:
MSGDIST:
CBQ:
T3212:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CRH:
NCCPERM:
CB:
ACC:
MAXRET:
TX:
ATT:
CRO:
TO:
PT:
379
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Locating BSC Data
SYSTYPE:
EVALTYPE:
TINIT:
TALLOC:
TURGEN:
IBHOSICH:
IHOSICH:
ASSOC:
IBHOASS:
TAAVELEN:
Locating Filter Cell Data
SSEVALSD:
QEVALSD:
SSEVALSI:
QEVALSI:
SSLENSD:
QLENSD:
SSLENSI:
QLENSI:
SSRAMPSD:
SSRAMPSI:
MSRXSUFF:
BSRXSUFF:
MISSNM:
Locating Basic Ranking Cell Data
BSPWR:
MSRXMIN:
BSRXMIN:
SCTYPE: UL
SCTYPE: OL
BSTXPWR:
BSTXPWR:
Locating Urgency Cell Data
TALIM:
PSSBQ:
PSSHF:
PTIMHF:
PSSTA:
PTIMBQ:
PTIMTA:
SCTYPE: UL
QLIMDL:
QLIMUL:
QLIMDLAWB:
QLIMULAWB:
QLIMDLAFR:
QLIMULAFR:
QLIMDLAFR:
QLIMULAFR:
SCTYPE: OL
380
QLIMDL:
QLIMUL:
QLIMDLAWB:
QLIMULAWB:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CDD Forms
Locating Misc Cell Data
SCHO:
CELLQ:
MAXTA:
RLINKUP:
RLINKT:
HPBSTATE:
RLINKUPAF
R:
RLINKUPAH
R:
RLINKUPAW
B:
RLINKTAFR:
RLINKTAHR:
RLINKTAWB
:
GPRS/EGPRS Cell Reselection Cell Data
PLAYER:
PHCSTHR:
GPRS/EGPRS Neighbor Relation Data
GPRSVALID:
PROFFSET
Channel Administration / Immediate Assignment On TCH Cell Data
CHAP:
NECI:
BSCMC:
MC:
Channel Administration Channel Group Data
SAS:
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration Cell Data
FPDCH:
CSPSALLOC
:
SPDCH:
PRIMPLIM:
PSKONBCC
H:
SCALLOC:
PDCHPREE
MPT:
GPRS/EGPRS Channel Administration Channel Group Data
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC:
NUMREQEGPRSBPC:
TN7BCCH:
MS Power Control Cell Data
DMPSTATE:
AMRPCSTATE:
SCTYPE: UL
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
381
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SSDESUL:
SSLENUL:
LCOMPUL:
QDESUL:
QLENUL:
QCOMPUL:
REGINTUL:
DTXFUL:
SSDESULAF
R:
QDESULAF
R:
SSDESULAH
R:
QDESULAH
R:
SSDESULA
WB:
QDESULAW
B:
SSDESUL:
SSLENUL:
LCOMPUL:
QDESUL:
QLENUL:
QCOMPUL:
REGINTUL:
DTXFUL:
SSDESULAF
R:
QDESULAF
R:
SSDESULAH
R:
QDESULAH
R:
SSDESULA
WB:
QDESULAW
B:
SCTYPE: OL
GPRS/EGPRS MS Power Control Cell Data
GAMMA:
BTS Power Control Cell Data
DBPSTATE:
AMRPCSTATE:
SCTYPE: UL
SDCCHREG:
SSDESDL:
REGINTDL:
SSLENDL:
LCOMPDL:
QDESDL:
QCOMPDL:
QLENDL:
BSPWRMIN:
SSDESDLAF
R:
QDESDLAF
R:
SSDESDLAH
R:
QDESDLAH
R:
SSDESDLA
WB:
QDESDLAW
B:
SCTYPE: OL
.
SDCCHREG:
SSDESDL:
REGINTDL:
SSLENDL:
LCOMPDL:
QDESDL:
QCOMPDL:
QLENDL:
BSPWRMIN:
SSDESDLAF
R:
QDESDLAF
R:
SSDESDLAH
R:
QDESDLAH
R:
SSDESDLA
WB:
QDESDLAW
B:
DTX Cell Data
DTXD:
382
DTXU:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CDD Forms
Intra Cell Handover Cell Data
SCTYPE: UL
IHO:
TMAXIHO:
TIHO:
MAXIHO:
QOFFSETUL
:
QOFFSETDL
:
SSOFFSETU
L:
SSOFFSETD
L:
QOFFSETUL
AFR:
QOFFSETDL
AFR:
SSOFFSETU
LAFR:
SSOFFSETD
LAFR:
QOFFSETUL
AWB:
QOFFSETDL
AWB:
SSOFFSETU
LAWB:
IHO:
TMAXIHO:
TIHO:
MAXIHO:
QOFFSETUL
:
QOFFSETDL
:
SSOFFSETU
L:
SSOFFSETD
L:
QOFFSETUL
AFR:
QOFFSETDL
AFR:
SSOFFSETU
LAFR:
SSOFFSETD
LAFR:
QOFFSETUL
AWB:
QOFFSETDL
AWB:
SSOFFSETU
LAWB:
DTCBHYST:
NDIST:
SSOFFSETD
LAWB:
SCTYPE: OL
SSOFFSETD
LAWB:
Assignment to Other Cell - Cell Data
AW:
Overlaid Subcell Locating Data
LOL:
LOLHYST:
DTCB:
NNCELLS:
TAOL:
TAOLHYST:
Subcell Load Distribution Data
SCLD:
SCLDLOL:
SCLDLUL:
SCLDSC:
Advanced Handling of Fast Moving Mobiles (HCS Data):
THO:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
NHO:
FASTMSREG:
383
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
HCS BSC Data
HSCBAND:
LAYER:
HCSBANDTHR:
HCS Cell Data
LAYER:
LAYERTHR:
LAYERHYST
:
PSSTEMP:
PTIMTEMP:
Extended Range Cell Data
XRANGE:
Double BA Lists Cell Data (Measurement Frequencies)
LISTTYPE: ACTIVE
MBCCHNO:
LISTTYPE: IDLE
MBCCHNO:
Idle Channel Measurements Cell Data
ICMSTATE:
INTAVE:
LIMIT1:
LIMIT2:
LIMIT3:
LIMIT4:
CLSRAMP:
HOCLSACC:
RHYST:
Cell Load Sharing BSC Data
LSSTATE:
Cell Load Sharing Cell Data
CLSSTATE:
CLSACC:
CLSLEVEL:
Multi Band Operation BSC Data
MODE:
384
GSYSTYPE:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CDD Forms
Multi Band Operation Cell Data
CSYSTYPE:
MBCR:
Enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Preemption Service (eMLPP) Cell
Data
PRIOLEV:
QASSTIME:
RESLIMIT:
QLENGTH:
Differential Channel Allocation BSC Data
DCASTATE:
EMERGPRL:
STATSINT:
Differential Channel Allocation Priority Profile Data
PRL:
INAC:
PROBF:
Adaptive Configuration of Logical Channels
CHGR:
ACSTATE:
SLEVEL:
STIME:
GSM-UMTS Cell Reselection and Handover Cell Data
UMFI:
FDDQMIN:
FDDQMINOF
F
FDDRSCPMI
N
FDDQOFF:
SPRIO:
QSI:
AMR BSC Data
SET:
MODE:
THR:
HYST:
GPRS Link Adaptation
LA:
CHCSDL:
GPRS/EGPRS Quality of Service Cell Data
BPDCHBR:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
GPDCHBR:
EPDCHBR:
STREAMSUP:
385
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
Interference Rejection Combining Cell Data
IRC:
Multi Band Cell Cell Data
CSYSTYPE:
FBOFFS:
Multi Band Cell Channel Group Data
BAND:
Antenna Hopping Hardware Characteristic Data
AHOP:
Synchronized Radio Networks Cell Data
FNOFFSET:
Synchronized Radio Networks Channel Group Data
HOP:
HSN:
MAIO:
TSC:
Synchronized Radio Networks Hardware Characteristic Data
FSOFFSET:
Dynamic FR/HR Mode Adaptation
DMQB:
DMQG:
DMQBAMR:
DMQBNAMR
:
DMQGAMR:
DMQGNAMR
:
DMTHAMR:
DMTHNAMR:
DTHAMR:
DTHNAMR:
Neighbor Cell Relation Data
Full list of neighbours:
386
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
CDD Forms
CELLR:
CTYPE: INT
RELATION:
CS:
CAND:
AWOFFSET:
BQOFFSET:
BQOFFSETA
FR:
BQOFFSETA
WB:
If EVALTYPE
=1:
KHYST:
KOFFSET:
LHYST:
LOFFSET:
TRHYST:
TROFFSET:
If EVALTYPE
=3:
HIHYST:
LOHYST:
HYSTSEP:
OFFSET:
CELLR:
CTYPE: EXT
RELATION:
SINGLE
If EVALTYPE
=1:
KHYST:
KOFFSET:
LHYST:
LOFFSET:
TRHYST:
TROFFSET:
If EVALTYPE
=3:
HIHYST:
LOHYST:
HYSTSEP:
OFFSET:
CGI:
BSIC:
BCCHNO:
LAYER:
LAYERTHR:
LAYERHYST
:
PSSTEMP:
PTIMTEMP:
AW:
MISSNM:
EXTPEN:
BSPWR:
BSTXPWR:
BSRXMIN:
BSRXSUFF:
SCHO:
MSTXPWR:
MSRXMIN:
MSRXSUFF:
Allocation Data for Transceiver Group, Model G12
CHGR:
TG:
COMB:
TFMODE:
SYNCSRC:
ANT:
ANTA:
ANTB:
BAND:
FHOP:
TRX data, MODEL G12
TRXC:
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
TEI:
RXD:
MPWR:
387
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
388
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
6
Index
6.1
Index to Parameters
A
A53PRIO: Page 125
ABIS64KTHR: Page 294
ABISALLOC: Page 293
ACC: Page 58
ACCMIN: Page 53
ACSTATE: Page 225
AFLP: Page 340
AFRVAMOS: Page 348
AGBLK: Page 24
AHOP: Page 277
AHPRL: Page 289
AHRVAMOS: Page 345
AIRCT: Page 340
ALLOCPREF: Page 291
ALPHA: Page 150
AMRFRSUPPORT: Page 249
AMRHRSUPPORT: Page 250
AMRPCSTATE: Page 146, Page 153
AMRSPEECHVERUSE: Page 119
AMRWBDHA: Page 331
AMRWBDYMAPRIO: Page 329
AMRWBFB: Page 329
AMRWBPRIO: Page 329
AMRWBSPVERUSE: Page 330
AMRWBSUPPORT: Page 330
ANT: Page 373
ANTA: Page 374
ANTB: Page 374
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
389
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
AQMMAXIPSIZE: Page 273
AQMMINBUFF: Page 273
AQMMINIPSIZE: Page 274
AQMRTTCONST: Page 274
AQMSUPPORT: Page 275
AQPSKONBCCH: Page 349
ASSOC: Page 174
ASSV: Page 349
ATHABIS: Page 284
ATHABISPR: Page 284
ATT: Page 62
AW: Page 45, Page 175
AWBVAMOS: Page 346
AWOFFSET: Page 44, Page 176
B
BADQDL: Page 89
BADQUL: Page 89
BAND: Page 205, Page 269
BAOCI: Page 220
BCCD: Page 37, Page 163
BCCHDTCB: Page 183
BCCHDTCBHYST: Page 183
BCCHLOSS: Page 182
BCCHLOSSHYST: Page 182
BCCHNO: Page 21, Page 44
BCCHREUSE: Page 182
BCCHTYPE: Page 23
BOICI: Page 221
BPDCHBR: Page 265
BQOFFSET: Page 43, Page 92
BQOFFSETAFR: Page 43, Page 93
BQOFFSETAWB: Page 93, Page 44
BSCAFLP: Page 338
390
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
BSCAIRCT: Page 338
BSCFFAD: Page 302
BSCFFTAD: Page 303
BSCFSOFFSETLSW: Page 278
BSCFSOFFSETMSW: Page 277
BSCMC: Page 120
BSIC: Page 20, Page 44
BSPWR: Page 45, Page 82
BSPWRB: Page 15
BSPWRMIN: Page 158
BSPWRT: Page 30
BSRPWROFFSET: Page 153
BSRXMIN: Page 45, Page 83
BSRXSUFF: Page 45, Page 84
BSTXPWR: Page 45, Page 84
BTDM: Page 51
BTSPS: Page 325
BTSPSHYST: Page 323
C
CAND: Page 44, Page 175
CAPLSCHMOVAL: Page 208
CAPLSCHMTOVERR: Page 210
CAPLSCHMTPREF: Page 211
CAPLSCHMTVAL: Page 209
CAPLTCHEMER: Page 207
CAPLTCHMOVAL: Page 208
CAPLTCHMTOVERR: Page 209
CAPLTCHMTPREF: Page 210
CAPLTCHMTVAL: Page 208
CAPLTCHSCH: Page 206
CB: Page 57
CBCH: Page 40
CBCHD: Page 111
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
391
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
CBQ: Page 58
CCCH: Page 66
CCCHCMD: Page 67
CCHPWR: Page 54
CELL: Page 18, Page 234
CELLQ: Page 100
CELLR: Page 41, Page 240
CGI: Page 19, Page 44
CHAP: Page 121
CHCODING: Page 126
CHCSDL: Page 257
CHGR: Page 33, Page 226, Page 371
CHMAX: Page 298
CHRATE: Page 215
CHTYPE: Page 214
CLMRKMSG: Page 201
CLSACC: Page 199
CLSLEVEL: Page 199
CLSRAMP: Page 200
CLSSTATE: Page 199
CLSTIMEINTERVAL: Page 198
CLTHV: Page 353
CLUSTERID: Page 377
CMDR: Page 121
COEXUMTS: Page 227
COEXUMTSINT: Page 228
COEXUMTSLSH: Page 228
CODECREST: Page 333
COMB: Page 166
CONFMD: Page 166
CONFMODE: Page 339
COVERAGEE: Page 248
COVERAGEU: Page 248
CRC32: Page 303
392
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
CRH: Page 55
CRO: Page 63
CRT: Page 116
CS: Page 43
CSPSALLOC: Page 124, Page 133
CSPSPRIO: Page 124, Page 134
CSYSTYPE: Page 203
CTYPE: Page 42
D
DAMRCR: Page 294
DAMRCRABIS: Page 295
DAMRCRABISPR: Page 295
DAMRREDABISTHR: Page 294
DBPSTATE: Page 152
DCAHANDOVER: Page 212
DCASTATE: Page 213
DCDLACT: Page 138
DCHNO: Page 36
DFRMAABISTHR: Page 288
DHA: Page 283
DHASS: Page 284
DHASSTHRASS: Page 285
DHASSTHRHO: Page 285
DHPR: Page 285
DHPRL: Page 286
DHRAABISTHR: Page 288
DHRAABISTHRWB: Page 290
DHRMAABISTHR: Page 289
DIVERSITY: Page 230
DL: Page 15
DLDELAY: Page 270
DLPCE: Page 154
DLPCE2A: Page 154
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
393
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
DLPCG: Page 154
DMPR: Page 286
DMPRL: Page 286
DMPSTATE: Page 145
DMQB: Page 279
DMQBAMR: Page 279
DMQBNAMR: Page 280
DMQG: Page 280
DMQGAMR: Page 281
DMQGNAMR: Page 281
DMSUPP: Page 283
DMTFAMR: Page 287
DMTNAMR: Page 287
DMTHAMR: Page 281
DMTHNAMR: Page 282
DSCP: Page 335
DSCP1: Page 336
DSCPDL: Page 304
DSCPUL: Page 304
DTCB: Page 179
DTCBHYST: Page 180
DTCBSC: Page 176
DTHAMR: Page 282
DTHAMRWB: Page 288
DTHNAMR: Page 283
DTXD: Page 160
DTXFUL: Page 143
DTXU: Page 161
DYNVGCH: Page 298
E
E2AFACTOR: Page 139
E2AINITMCS: Page 343
E2ALQC: Page 344
394
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
E2APDCHBR: Page 345
EACPREF: Page 137
EARFCN: Page 240
EBANDINCLUDED: Page 117
ECSC: Page 28
EFACTOR: Page 138
EFRVAMOS: Page 347
EGPRSIRUL: Page 256
EINITMCS: Page 344
EITADMCTRL: Page 265
EITEMAXUSEDL: Page 264
EITEMAXUSEUL: Page 263
EITEXCLUDED: Page 137
EITGMAXUSEDL: Page 264
EITGMAXUSEUL: Page 263
EITHIGHCS: Page 256
EITQOSPRIO: Page 264
EITSCHEDFREQH: Page 259
EITSCHEDFREQL: Page 259
EMERGPRL: Page 213
EMLPP: Page 220
EPDCHBR: Page 266
ESDELAY: Page 271
ETCHTN: Page 142
EVALTYPE: Page 74
EXMASTERRES: Page 378
EXTPEN: Page 44, Page 94
F
FASTASSIGN: Page 73
FASTMSREG: Page 190
FASTRET3G: Page 247
FASTRET3GNC2: Page 229
FASTRETLTE: Page 248
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
395
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
FBCHALLOC: Page 268
FBOFFS: Page 269
FBVGCHALLOC: Page 297
FDDARFCN: Page 235, Page 241
FDDMRR: Page 237
FDDQMIN: Page 230
FDDQMINOFF: Page 233
FDDQOFF: Page 231
FDDREPTHR2: Page 239
FDDRSCPMIN: Page 233
FHOP: Page 165
FLEXHIGHGPRS: Page 295
FNOFFSET: Page 27, Page 278
FORCE: Page 320
FPDCH: Page 133
FRVAMOS: Page 347
FSOFFSET: Page 279
FULLAQPSK: Page 355
G
GAMMA: Page 151
GBCAPALARMACT: Page 333
GBCAPWARNTHR: Page 334
GPDCHBR: Page 266
GPRS: Page 132
GPRS5TSDLACT: Page 130
GPRSEDAACT: Page 126
GPRSNEUTRALACT: Page 130
GPRSNWMODE: Page 127
GPRSPRIO: Page 137
GPRSVALID: Page 113
GSYSTYPE: Page 202
GTDM:Page 51
396
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
H
HALFRATESUPP: Page 120
HCSBAND: Page 186
HCSBANDHYST: Page 185
HCSBANDTHR: Page 187
HCSCHAVAILTIMER: Page 184
HCSIN: Page 190
HCSOUT: Page 191
HCSTRAFDISSTATE: Page 184
HIGHFERDLAWB: Page 331
HIGHFERULAWB: Page 331
HIHYST: Page 44, Page 87
HNDBEFOREBANSWM: Page 72
HNDRELCHINTRAM: Page 68
HNDSDCCHINTI: Page 72
HNDSDCCHINTOM: Page 71
HNDSDCCHM: Page 68
HNDSDCCHTCHM: Page 69
HNDTGSOPINTRA: Page 70
HOCLSACC: Page 200
HOMTD: Page 337
HOP: Page 34, Page 162, Page 278
HPBSTATE: Page 109
HPRIO: Page 241
HPRIOTHR: Page 241
HRVAMOS: Page 346
HSN: Page 35, Page 162, Page 278
HYST: Page 252
HYSTSEP: Page 44, Page 88
I
IAN: Page 276
IBHOASS: Page 174
IBHOSICH: Page 99
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
397
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
ICMODE: Page 332
ICMSTATE: Page 195
IHO: Page 168
IHOSICH: Page 99
IMBVAMOS: Page 356
IMSIPAT: Page 341
INAC: Page 217
INITDLPCE: Page 155
INITDLPCE2A: Page 156
INITDLPCG: Page 155
INTAVE: Page 196
IPDEV2NO: Page 305
IPDEVNO: Page 305, Page 335
IPDEVTYPE: Page 305Page 336
IPM: Page 356
IPOV: Page 314
IRC: Page 267
ISHOLEV: Page 237
J
JBPTA: Page 313
JBS: Page 335
JBSDL: Page 309
JBSUL: Page 306
K
KHYST: Page 85, Page 44
KOFFSET: Page 86, Page 44
L
LA: Page 256
LATAUSED: Page 49
LAYER: Page 45, Page 187
LAYERHYST: Page 45, Page 189
398
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
LAYERTHR: Page 45, Page 188
LBG: Page 311
LCOMPDL: Page 157
LCOMPUL: Page 147
LDEL: Page 315
LHYST: Page 85, Page 44
LIMIT1: Page 197
LIMIT2: Page 197
LIMIT3: Page 197
LIMIT4: Page 197
LISTTYPE: Page 194
LOADOPT: Page 276
LOFFSET: Page 44, Page 87
LOHYST: Page 44, Page 88
LOL: Page 179
LOLHYST: Page 179
LOPTETHR: Page 271
LOPTGTHR: Page 272
LOWSSDL: Page 90
LOWSSUL: Page 90
LPRIOTHR: Page 242
LQCACT: Page 252
LQCDEFAULTMCSDL: Page 253
LQCDEFAULTMCSUL: Page 254
LQCDEFMCSDLE2A: Page 342
LQCDEFMCSULE2A: Page 342
LQCHIGHMCS: Page 254
LQCHIGHMCSDLE2A: Page 343
LQCHIGHMCSULE2A: Page 343
LQCMODEDL: Page 255
LQCMODEUL: Page 253
LQCUNACK: Page 255
LSSTATE: Page 198
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
399
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
M
MAIO: Page 164, Page 278
MAXCELLSINLAYER: Page 184
MAXCHDATARATE: Page 118
MAXDBDEVINLAYER: Page 185
MAXIHO: Page 169
MAXISHO: Page 239
MAXLAPDM: Page 291
MAXPWR: Page 357
MAXRET: Page 59
MAXSBLK: Page 110
MAXSMSG: Page 110
MAXTA: Page 101, Page 192
MAXTGCL: Page 338
MAXTRX: Page 357
MBCCHNO: Page 193
MBCR: Page 203
MBCRAC: Page 267
MBT: Page 336
MBWDL: Page 306
MBWUL: Page 306
MC: Page 123
MCIMALG: Page 339
MCLTDL: Page 311
MCLTUL: Page 312
MCPABCCHOFF: Page 323
MCPAHYST: Page 327
MCPAPS: Page 326
MCTRI: Page 359
MEASTHR: Page 243
MFDDARFCN: Page 230
MFRMS: Page 26
MINCHBW: Page 243
MINPOLL: Page 273
400
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
MINPOLLEIT: Page 272
MINREQTCH: Page 324
MISSNM: Page 44, Page 81
MNCDIGITHAND: Page 29
MODE: Page 307, Page 202, Page 251
MP: Page 320
MPLSDL: Page 312
MPLSUL: Page 312
MPS: Page 337
MPWR: Page 376
MRNIC: Page 194
MRSL: Page 236
MSCRCODE: Page 230
MSEITRESPTIME: Page 258
MSGDIST: Page 56
MSQHOPRIO: Page 219
MSQUEUING: Page 219
MSRACREQCCCH: Page 131
MSRACREQPCCCH: Page 132
MSRPWROFFSET: Page 146
MSRXMIN: Page 45, Page 83
MSRXSUFF: Page 45, Page 83
MSTXPWR: Page 30, Page 45
N
NACCACT: Page 111
NCCPERM (Cell): Page 55
NCCPERM (BSC): Page 341
NCPROF: Page 113
NCRPT: Page 113
NDIST: Page 180
NECI: Page 123
NEWNAME: Page 19, Page 234
NHO: Page 186
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
401
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
NOALLOC: Page 196
NOOFPHYSINFOMSG: Page 73
NOTIFP: Page 297
NUMDEV: Page 319, Page 317
NUMREQBPC: Page 35
NUMREQCS3CS4BPC: Page 140
NUMREQE2ABPC: Page 141
NUMREQEGPRSBPC: Page 141
O
ODPDCHLIMIT: Page 142
OFFSET: Page 44, Page 89
ONDEMANDGPHDEV: Page 128
ONDEMANDGPHDG2: Page 128
OPTMSCLASS: Page 292
OPTMSCLASSADD: Page 292
OPTMSCLASSREM: Page 292
OVLTH: Page 307
P
PACKALG: Page 315, Page 309
PAGBUNDLE: Page 67
PAGLATA: Page 49
PAGNUMBERLA: Page 46
PAGPRIO: Page 296
PAGREP1LA: Page 45
PAGREPCT1LA: Page 50
PAGREPGLOB: Page 46
PAGTIMEFRST1LA: Page 47
PAGTIMEFRSTGLOB: Page 47
PAGTIMEREP1LA: Page 48
PAGTIMEREPGLOB: Page 48
PAGTIMEREPLATA: Page 51
PAO: Page 358
402
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
PCI: Page 221
PCID: Page 243
PCIDG: Page 244
PCIDP: Page 244
PCIDPS: Page 245
PCMLAW: Page 299, Page 334
PCUEIT: Page 258
PCUQOS: Page 257
PDCHPREEMPT: Page 134
PHCSTHR: Page 112
PHSTATE: Page 218
PILTIMER: Page 127
PILTIMERFLEX: Page 293
PLAYER: Page 112
PP: Page 216
PRACHBLK: Page 109
PRECCCH: Page 328
PRIMPLIM: Page 135
PRIOLEV: Page 223
PRIORITY: Page 222
PRIOTHR: Page 245
PRL: Page 216
PROBF: Page 217
PROFFSET: Page 114
PSCELLPLAN: Page 111
PSCVL: Page 117
PSETCHKPERIOD: Page 129
PSKONBCCH: Page 135, Page 345
PSSBQ: Page 91
PSSHF: Page 98
PSSTA: Page 91
PSSTEMP: Page 45, Page 189
PSTU: Page 308
PSUPS: Page 328
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
403
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
PSVTYPE: Page 327
PT: Page 66
PTA: Page 318, Page 313
PTIMBQ: Page 92
PTIMHF: Page 98
PTIMTA: Page 92
PTIMTEMP: Page 45, Page 189
PULSCHEDINT: Page 274
PVI: Page 222
Q
QAI: Page 223
QASSTIME: Page 223
QBAFRV: Page 355
QBAHRV: Page 350
QBAWBV: Page 350
QBNAV: Page 351
QCOMPDL: Page 158
QCOMPUL: Page 148
QDESDL: Page 157
QDESDLAFR: Page 158
QDESDLAHR: Page 159
QDESDLAWB: Page 160
QDESDLOV: Page 351
QDESUL: Page 148
QDESULAFR: Page 148
QDESULAHR: Page 149
QDESULAWB: Page 150
QDESULOV: Page 352
QEVALSD: Page 78
QEVALSI: Page 79
QLENDL: Page 152
QLENGTH: Page 224
QLENSD: Page 79
404
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
QLENSI: Page 80
QLENUL: Page 144
QLIMDL: Page 95
QLIMDLAFR: Page 96
QLIMDLAWB: Page 97
QLIMUL: Page 96
QLIMULAFR: Page 97
QLIMULAWB: Page 97
QOFFSETDL: Page 171
QOFFSETDLAFR: Page 171
QOFFSETDLAWB: Page 173
QOFFSETUL: Page 170
QOFFSETULAFR: Page 170
QOFFSETULAWB: Page 173
QOSCONVPRIO: Page 261
QOSMAPPING: Page 261
QOSSTREAMPRIO: Page 262
QOSTHP1: Page 260
QOSTHP2: Page 260
QRXLEVMINE: Page 245
QRXLEVMINU: Page 246
QSC: Page 237
QSCI: Page 238
QSI: Page 232
R
RAC: Page 115
RATPRIO: Page 246
REEST: Page 301
REGINTDL: Page 151
REGINTUL: Page 144
RELATION: Page 43
REPFACCH: Page 301
REPPERNCH: Page 297
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
405
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RESLIMIT: Page 224
RHYST: Page 200
RIMNACC: Page 115
RLINKT: Page 103
RLINKTAFR: Page 104
RLINKTAHR: Page 105
RLINKTAWB: Page 108
RLINKUP: Page 102
RLINKUPAFR: Page 106
RLINKUPAHR: Page 107
RLINKUPAWB: Page 108
RP: Page 321
RSITE: Page 13
RTTI: Page 276
RTTIINITMCS: Page 344
RXD: Page 376
S
SACCHDLTHR: Page 302
SACCHULTHR: Page 302
SAS: Page 125
SBHOACTIVE: Page 228
SC: Page 319, Page 308
SCALLOC:Page 136
SCGR: Page 319, Page 308
SCHO: Page 45, Page 99
SCLD: Page 177
SCLDLOL: Page 178
SCLDSC: Page 178
SCLDLUL: Page 177
SCRCODE: Page 235
SCTYPE: Page 28
SDAMRREDABISTHR: Page 316, Page 309
SDCCH: Page 38
406
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
SDFRMAABISTHR: Page 316, Page 310
SDHRAABISTHR: Page 317, Page 310
SDHRAABISTHRWB: Page 290
SDHRMAABISTHR: Page 313, Page 318
SET (AMR): Page 250
SET (IMSI HO): Page 342
SIMSG: Page 56
SLEVEL: Page 225
SMOASSIGN: Page 211
SMTASSIGN: Page 212
SPDCH: Page 136
SPEECHVERUSED: Page 119
SPRIO: Page 231
SSDESDL: Page 156
SSDESDLAFR: Page 157
SSDESDLAHR: Page 159
SSDESDLAWB: Page 160
SSDESUL: Page 147
SSDESULAFR: Page 147
SSDESULAHR: Page 149
SSDESULAWB: Page 149
SSEVALSD: Page 77
SSEVALSI: Page 78
SSLENDL: Page 152
SSLENSD: Page 79
SSLENSI: Page 80
SSLENUL: Page 145
SSOFFSETDL: Page 172
SSOFFSETDLAFR: Page 172
SSOFFSETDLAWB: Page 173
SSOFFSETUL: Page 171
SSOFFSETULAFR: Page 172
SSOFFSETULAWB: Page 173
SSRAMPSD: Page 80
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
407
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
SSRAMPSI: Page 81
SSTHRASSV: Page 349
SSTHRV: Page 350
STATE: Page 34
STATSINT: Page 214
STIME: Page 226
STREAMSUP: Page 266
SYNCSRC: Page 278, Page 373
T
T3212: Page 63
TAAVELEN: Page 76
TALIM: Page 90, Page 192
TALLOC: Page 75
TAOL: Page 181
TAOLHYST: Page 181
TBFDLLIM: Page 139
TBFDLLIMIT: Page 128
TBFMODEACT: Page 130
TBFULLIM: Page 140
TBFULLIMIT: Page 129
TCHOPTIMIZATION: Page 131
TDD: Page 52
TEI: Page 375
TEITPENDING: Page 258
TFILIMIT: Page 271
TFMODE: Page 372
TFOCONFIGTRA: Page 299
TFOPRIO: Page 300
TFOSTATUS: Page 300
TG: Page 371
THO: Page 185
THPMBRFACTOR: Page 260
THR: Page 251
408
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
THRAV: Page 353
THRDV: Page 354
THRVP: Page 354
TIHO: Page 169
TIME: Page 339
TIMER3105: Page 74
TIMHNDCMDINTRAM: Page 69
TINIT: Page 75
TMAXIHO: Page 168
TMODE: Page 317, Page 311
TN: Page 39
TN7BCCH: Page 141
TNBCCH: Page 66
TO: Page 65
TRAFBLK: Page 110
TRES: Page 247
TRHYST: Page 44, Page 86
TROFFSET: Page 44, Page 87
TRXC: Page 374
TRXOFFDELAY: Page 322
TRXOFFTARGET: Page 322
TRXONTARGET: Page 322
TSC: Page 40
TSCSET1PAIRS: Page 352
TSPS: Page 321
TSTREAMPENDING: Page 262
TSTREAMSTART: Page 262
TURGEN: Page 76
TX: Page 60
TXMPWR: Page 358
U
UL: Page 15
ULDELAY: Page 270
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
409
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
UMFI: Page 229
USFLIMIT: Page 271
UTRANID: Page 235
V
VAMOSBSCSTATE: Page 347
VAMOSCELLSTATE: Page 352
VCSCC: Page 348
VGCHALLOC: Page 298
VGENCR: Page 299
VGPRIO: Page 296
VHOSUCCESS: Page 355
X
XRANGE: Page 191
6.2
Index to Commands
M
MGADI:
Page 52
MGEPC:
Page 46, Page 47, Page 48, Page 48, Page 49, Page 49, Page
51, Page 206, Page 207, Page 208, Page 208, Page 209, Page
209, Page 210, Page 210, Page 211, Page 211, Page 212,
Page 212
MGEPP:
Page 46, Page 47, Page 48, Page 48, Page 49, Page 49, Page
51, Page 206, Page 207, Page 208, Page 208, Page 209, Page
209, Page 210, Page 210, Page 211, Page 211, Page 212,
Page 212
MGETC:
Page 220, Page 220, Page 221, Page 221, Page 222, Page
222, Page 222, Page 223
MGIDI:
Page 51, Page 52
MGIDP:
Page 51, Page 52
MGTEI:
Page 116, Page 117
MGTEP:
Page 116, Page 117
R
410
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RAEPC:
Page 29, Page 73, Page 73, Page 74, Page 89, Page 90, Page
90, Page 90, Page 111, Page 112, Page 118, Page 118, Page
119, Page 119, Page 126, Page 127,Page 127, Page 128, Page
128, Page 129, Page 129, Page 150, Page 177, Page 198, Page
201, Page 213, Page 218, Page 219, Page 219, Page 227, Page
228, Page 249, Page 250, Page 252, Page 253, Page 253, Page
254, Page 254, Page 255, Page 256, Page 258, Page 258, Page
258, Page 259, Page 259, Page 259, Page 260, Page 260, Page
261, Page 261, Page 261, Page 262, Page 262, Page 263, Page
267, Page 268, Page 270, Page 270, Page 271, Page 271, Page
271, Page 278, Page 278, Page 293, Page 126, Page 229, Page
228, Page 272, Page 272, Page 184, Page 184, Page 184, Page
185, Page 299, Page 300, Page 300, Page 263, Page 263, Page
264, Page 264, Page 272, Page 273, Page 264, Page 273, Page
273, Page 274, Page 274, Page 274, Page 130, Page 130, Page
131, Page 131, Page 378, Page 275, Page 275, Page 256, Page
265, Page 276, Page 301, Page 132, Page 301, Page 301, Page
329, Page 329, Page 330, Page 330, Page 330, Page 331, Page
331, Page 128, Page 334, Page 334, Page 229, Page 335, Page
338, Page 342, Page 343, Page 343, Page 343
RAEPP:
Page 29, Page 73, Page 73, Page 74, Page 89, Page 90, Page
90, Page 90, Page 111, Page 112, Page 118, Page 118, Page
119, Page 119, Page 126, Page 127, Page 127, Page 128, Page
128, Page 129, Page 129, Page 150, Page 177, Page 198, Page
201, Page 213, Page 218, Page 219, Page 219, Page 227, Page
228, Page 249, Page 250, Page 252, Page 253, Page 253, Page
254, Page 254, Page 255, Page 256, Page 258, Page 258, Page
258, Page 259, Page 259, Page 259, Page 260, Page 260, Page
261, Page 261, Page 261, Page 262, Page 262, Page 263, Page
267, Page 268, Page 270, Page 270, Page 271, Page 271, Page
271, Page 278, Page 278, Page 293, Page 126, Page 229, Page
228, Page 272, Page 272, Page 184, Page 184, Page 184, Page
185, Page 299, Page 300, Page 300, Page 263, Page 263, Page
264, Page 264, Page 272, Page 273, Page 264, Page 273, Page
273, Page 274, Page 274, Page 274, Page 130, Page 130, Page
131, Page 131, Page 378, Page 275, Page 275, Page 256, Page
265, Page 276, Page 301, Page 132, Page 301, Page 301, Page
329, Page 329, Page 330, Page 330, Page 330, Page 331, Page
331, Page 128, Page 334, Page 334, Page 335, Page 338, Page
342, Page 343, Page 343, Page 343
RFADE:
Page 303
RFADI:
Page 303
RFADP:
Page 303, Page 303
RFCAC:
Page 348
RFCAP:
Page 348
RFEAC:
Page 302, Page 302
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
411
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
412
RFEAI:
Page 302, Page 302
RFEAP:
Page 302, Page 302
RFEHE:
Page 301, Page 312
RFEHI:
Page 301, Page 312
RFEHP:
Page 301, Page 301
RFFBC:
Page 339, Page 339, Page 339, Page 340
RFFBE:
Page 338, Page 338
RFFBI:
Page 338, Page 338
RFFBP:
Page 338, Page 338, Page 339, Page 339, Page 339, Page 340
RFIMC:
Page 341, Page 341, Page 342
RFIME:
Page 341
RFIMI:
Page 341
RFIMP:
Page 341, Page 341, Page 342
RFPCC:
Page 155, Page 155, Page 156
RFPCE:
Page 154, Page 154, Page 155
RFPCI:
Page 154, Page 154, Page 155
RFPCP:
Page 154, Page 154, Page 155, Page 155, Page 155, Page 156
RFTDE:
Page 303
RFTDI:
Page 303
RFVBC:
Page 346, Page 346, Page 346, Page 347, Page 348, Page 348
RFVBE:
Page 347
RFVBI:
Page 347
RFVBP:
Page 346, Page 346, Page 346, Page 347, Page 347, Page
348, Page 348
RFVCC:
Page 349, Page 349, Page 350, Page 350, Page 351, Page 351,
Page 351, Page 352, Page 352, Page 350, Page 353, Page 353,
Page 354, Page 354, Page 355, Page 355, Page 355
RFVCE:
Page 353
RFVCI:
Page 353
RFVCP:
Page 349, Page 349, Page 350, Page 350, Page 351, Page 351,
Page 351, Page 352, Page 352, Page 353, Page 350, Page 353,
Page 353, Page 354, Page 354, Page 355, Page 355, Page 355
RLACC:
Page 225, Page 226, Page 227
RLACE:
Page 225
RLACI:
Page 225
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLACP:
Page 225, Page 225, Page 226, Page 227
RLADC:
Page 250, Page 251, Page 252, Page 252
RLADP:
Page 250, Page 251, Page 252, Page 252
RLAPC:
Page 147, Page 148, Page 157, Page 158, Page 149, Page 149,
Page 159, Page 159, Page 160, Page 160, Page 150, Page 150
RLAPE:
Page 146, Page 153
RLAPI:
Page 146, Page 153
RLAPP:
Page 146, Page 147, Page 148, Page 153, Page 157, Page 158,
Page 149, Page 149, Page 159, Page 159, Page 160, Page
160, Page 150, Page 150
RLBAC:
Page 152, Page 152, Page 152
RLBAP
Page 152, Page 152
RLBCC:
Page 156, Page 157, Page 157, Page 158, Page 158
RLBCE:
Page 153
RLBCI:
Page 153
RLBCP:
Page 153, Page 156, Page 157, Page 157, Page 158, Page 158
RLBDC:
Page 35, Page 141, Page 141, Page 142, Page 138, Page 67,
Page 142, Page 141
RLBDP:
Page 35, Page 141, Page 141, Page 142, Page 138, Page 67,
Page 141
RLBQC:
Page 223, Page 223
RLBQP:
Page 223, Page 223
RLBRC:
Page 153
RLBRE:
Page 153
RLBRI:
Page 153
RLBRP:
Page 153
RLCCC:
Page 33, Page 38, Page 40, Page 40
RLCDC:
Page 120, Page 123
RLCDP:
Page 120, Page 123
RLCFE:
Page 36
RLCFI:
Page 36
RLCFP:
Page 33, Page 34, Page 35, Page 36, Page 38, Page 40, Page
40, Page 162, Page 162, Page 164
RLCHC:
Page 34, Page 35, Page 37, Page 162, Page 162, Page 163,
Page 164
RLCHP:
Page 37, Page 163
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
413
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
414
RLCLC:
Page 137, Page 134, Page 124, Page 125, Page 134, Page
333, Page 125
RLCLP:
Page 137, Page 134, Page 124, Page 125, Page 134, Page
333, Page 125
RLCPC:
Page 15, Page 30, Page 30
RLCPP:
Page 15, Page 30, Page 30
RLCSC:
Page 285, Page 285, Page 285
RLCSP:
Page 285, Page 285, Page 285
RLCXC:
Page 160
RLCXP:
Page 160
RLDAC:
Page 284, Page 295, Page 284, Page 296
RLDAP:
Page 284Page 295, Page 284, Page 296
RLDCE:
Page 213
RLDCI:
Page 213, Page 213
RLDCP:
Page 213, Page 213
RLDEC:
Page 19, Page 19, Page 20, Page 22, Page 23, Page 24, Page
26, Page 28, Page 191, Page 235, Page 235, Page 235, Page
236, Page 236, Page 267, Page 115, Page 115
RLDEI:
Page 18, Page 42, Page 203, Page 234
RLDEP:
Page 19, Page 20, Page 22, Page 23, Page 24, Page 26, Page
28, Page 42, Page 191, Page 203, Page 235, Page 235, Page
236, Page 236, Page 267, Page 115, Page 115
RLDGI:
Page 33, Page 269
RLDGP:
Page 269
RLDHC:
Page 283, Page 283, Page 282, Page 286, Page 286
RLDHP:
Page 283, Page 283, Page 282, Page 286, Page 286
RLDMC:
Page 279, Page 280, Page 280, Page 280, Page 281, Page 281,
Page 282, Page 282, Page 286, Page 287, Page 287, Page 287
RLDME:
Page 283
RLDMI:
Page 283Page 286
RLDMP:
Page 279, Page 280, Page 280, Page 280, Page 281, Page 281,
Page 282, Page 282, Page 286, Page 287, Page 287, Page 287
RLDRC:
Page 121
RLDRP:
Page 121
RLDSI:
Page 29
RLDTC:
Page 41
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLDTP:
Page 41
RLDUC:
Page 291, Page 291, Page 292, Page 293
RLDUP:
Page 291, Page 291, Page 292
RLEFC:
Page 240
RLEFP:
Page 240
RLFCC:
Page 340, Page 340
RLFCP:
Page 340, Page 340
RLGAC:
Page 125, Page 142
RLGAP:
Page 125, Page 142
RLGNC:
Page 114, Page 114
RLGNP:
Page 114, Page 114
RLGQC:
Page 265, Page 266, Page 266, Page 266, Page 137, Page 345
RLGQP:
Page 265, Page 266, Page 266, Page 266, Page 137, Page 345
RLGSC:
Page 133, Page 134, Page 135, Page 136, Page 136, Page 136,
Page 151, Page 257, Page 257, Page 295, Page 276, Page 276,
Page 139, Page 344, Page 344, Page 344, Page 344, Page 345,
Page 138, Page 139, Page 140
RLGSE:
Page 132
RLGSI:
Page 132
RLGSP:
Page 132, Page 133, Page 134, Page 135, Page 136, Page 136,
Page 136, Page 151, Page 257, Page 257, Page 295, Page 276,
Page 276, Page 139, Page 344, Page 344, Page 344, Page 344,
Page 345, Page 138, Page 139, Page 140
RLHBC:
Page 185, Page 186, Page 187
RLHBP:
Page 185, Page 186, Page 187
RLHPC:
Page 121
RLHPP:
Page 121
RLIHC:
Page 168, Page 169, Page 169, Page 170, Page 170, Page 171,
Page 171, Page 171, Page 171, Page 172, Page 172, Page 172,
Page 173, Page 173, Page 173, Page 174
RLIHP:
Page 168, Page 169, Page 169, Page 170, Page 170, Page 171,
Page 171, Page 171, Page 171, Page 172, Page 172, Page 172,
Page 173, Page 173, Page 173, Page 174
RLIMC:
Page 196, Page 197
RLIME:
Page 195
RLIMI:
Page 195, Page 196
RLIMP:
Page 195, Page 196, Page 196, Page 197
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
415
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
416
RLLBC:
Page 74, Page 75, Page 75, Page 76, Page 77, Page 99, Page
99, Page 174, Page 174, Page 185, Page 186
RLLBP:
Page 74, Page 75, Page 75, Page 76, Page 77, Page 99, Page
99, Page 174, Page 174, Page 185, Page 186
RLLCC:
Page 199, Page 199, Page 200, Page 200, Page 200
RLLCE:
Page 199
RLLCI:
Page 199
RLLCP:
Page 199, Page 199, Page 199, Page 200, Page 200, Page 200
RLLDC:
Page 101, Page 102, Page 192, Page 106, Page 107, Page 108
RLLDP:
Page 101, Page 102, Page 192, Page 106, Page 107, Page 108
RLLFC:
Page 78, Page 78, Page 78, Page 79, Page 79, Page 80, Page
80, Page 80, Page 81, Page 81
RLLFP:
Page 78, Page 78, Page 78, Page 79, Page 79, Page 80, Page
80, Page 80, Page 81, Page 81
RLLHC:
Page 187, Page 188, Page 189, Page 189, Page 190, Page
190, Page 190, Page 191
RLLHP:
Page 42, Page 187, Page 188, Page 189, Page 189, Page 190,
Page 190, Page 190, Page 191
RLLLC:
Page 177, Page 177, Page 178, Page 178
RLLLP:
Page 177, Page 177, Page 178, Page 178
RLLOC:
Page 81, Page 83, Page 83, Page 83, Page 84, Page 84, Page
85, Page 94, Page 100, Page 175, Page 237, Page 269, Page
239, Page 182, Page 182, Page 183, Page 183, Page 183
RLLOP:
Page 81, Page 83, Page 83, Page 83, Page 84, Page 84, Page
85, Page 94, Page 100, Page 175, Page 237, Page 269, Page
239, Page 182, Page 182, Page 183, Page 183, Page 183
RLLPC:
Page 91, Page 92, Page 92, Page 92, Page 98, Page 98
RLLPP:
Page 91, Page 92, Page 92, Page 92, Page 98, Page 98
RLLSE:
Page 198
RLLSI:
Page 198
RLLSP:
Page 198
RLLUC:
Page 91, Page 96, Page 96, Page 96, Page 97, Page 100, Page
193, Page 97, Page 98
RLLUP:
Page 91, Page 96, Page 96, Page 96, Page 97, Page 100, Page
193, Page 97, Page 98
RLMAC:
Page 144, Page 145, Page 143, Page 144, Page 152
RLMAP
Page 144, Page 145, Page 143, Page 144
RLMFC:
Page 193, Page 194, Page 195, Page 195
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLMFP:
Page 193, Page 194, Page 195
RLMQC:
Page 224, Page 224
RLMQP:
Page 224, Page 224
RLMRC:
Page 146
RLMRE:
Page 146
RLMRI:
Page 146
RLMRP:
Page 146
RLNCP:
Page 240
RLNPE:
Page 113
RLNPI:
Page 113
RLNPP:
Page 113
RLNRC:
Page 41, Page 43, Page 43, Page 85, Page 86, Page 86, Page
86, Page 87, Page 87, Page 88, Page 88, Page 88, Page 89,
Page 93, Page 93, Page 175, Page 176, Page 93
RLNRE:
Page 41, Page 240
RLNRI:
Page 41, Page 43, Page 240
RLNRP:
Page 41, Page 43, Page 85, Page 86, Page 86, Page 86, Page
87, Page 87, Page 88, Page 88, Page 88, Page 89, Page 93,
Page 93, Page 175, Page 176, Page 240, Page 93
RLOLC:
Page 179, Page 179, Page 180, Page 180, Page 180, Page
181, Page 181, Page 181
RLOLP:
Page 179, Page 179, Page 180, Page 180, Page 180, Page
181, Page 181, Page 181
RLOMC:
Page 202
RLOMP:
Page 202
RLPBE:
Page 109
RLPBI:
Page 109
RLPBP:
Page 109
RLPCC:
Page 147, Page 148, Page 148, Page 149
RLPCE:
Page 145
RLPCI:
Page 145
RLPCP:
Page 145, Page 147, Page 148, Page 148, Page 149
RLPDC:
Page 109, Page 110, Page 110, Page 110, Page 111
RLPDP:
Page 109, Page 110, Page 110, Page 110, Page 111
RLPPC:
Page 216, Page 217, Page 217, Page 217
RLPPI:
Page 216
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
417
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
418
RLPPP:
Page 216, Page 217, Page 217, Page 217
RLPRC:
Page 214, Page 215, Page 216
RLPRP:
Page 214, Page 215
RLPSC:
Page 112, Page 112
RLPSP:
Page 112, Page 112
RLRLC:
Page 248
RLRLE:
Page 248
RLRLI:
Page 248
RLRLP:
Page 248
RLRWC:
Page 248
RLRWE:
Page 247
RLRWI:
Page 247
RLRWP:
Page 247
RLSBC:
Page 28, Page 57, Page 58, Page 59, Page 60, Page 60, Page
62, Page 63, Page 63, Page 65, Page 66
RLSBP:
Page 28, Page 57, Page 58, Page 59, Page 60, Page 60, Page
62, Page 63, Page 63, Page 65, Page 66
RLSCI:
Page 214
RLSCP:
Page 214
RLSEE:
Page 244, Page 244
RLSEC:
Page 244
RLSEI:
Page 244, Page 244, Page 245
RLSEP:
Page 244, Page 244, Page 244, Page 245
RLSMC:
Page 56, Page 57
RLSMP:
Page 56, Page 57
RLSRC:
Page 241, Page 241, Page 242, Page 242, Page 243, Page 243,
Page 245, Page 246, Page 246, Page 246, Page 247
RLSRP:
Page 241, Page 241, Page 242, Page 242, Page 243, Page 243,
Page 245, Page 246, Page 246, Page 246, Page 247
RLSSC:
Page 53, Page 54, Page 55, Page 55, Page 103, Page 123,
Page 161, Page 203, Page 105, Page 104, Page 108
RLSSP:
Page 53, Page 54, Page 55, Page 55, Page 103, Page 123,
Page 161, Page 203, Page 105, Page 104, Page 108
RLSTC:
Page 34
RLSTP:
Page 34
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLSUC:
Page 230, Page 231, Page 231, Page 232, Page 237, Page 238,
Page 238, Page 233, Page 233
RLSUP:
Page 230, Page 231, Page 231, Page 232, Page 237, Page 238,
Page 238, Page 233, Page 233
RLSVC:
Page 325, Page 323, Page 324, Page 327, Page 328, Page 326
RLSVE:
Page 325, Page 327
RLSVI:
Page 325, Page 327
RLSVP:
Page 325, Page 327, Page 326
RLTYC:
Page 203
RLTYI:
Page 203
RLTYP:
Page 203
RLUMC:
Page 230
RLUMP:
Page 230
RLVGC:
Page 297, Page 296, Page 296, Page 297, Page 298, Page 297
RLVGP:
Page 297, Page 296, Page 296, Page 297, Page 298, Page 297
RRAGC:
Page 335, Page 335, Page 336, Page 337, Page 337
RRAGP:
Page 335, Page 335, Page 336, Page 337, Page 337
RRAIE:
Page 334
RRAII:
Page 334
RRBGC:
Page 312, Page 312, Page 312, Page 312
RRBGP:
Page 312, Page 312, Page 312, Page 312
RRIPC:
Page 305, Page 305, Page 305Page 336, Page 336
RRIPI:
Page 305, Page 305, Page 305, Page 336, Page 336
RRIPP:
Page 305, Page 305, Page 305, Page 336, Page 336
RRLLC:
Page 15, Page 15
RRLLP:
Page 15, Page 15
RRLRC:
Page 320, Page 320
RRLRI:
Page 320, Page 320
RRLRP:
Page 320, Page 320
RRPGC:
Page 321
RRPGI:
Page 321
RRPGP:
Page 321
RRPTC:
Page 311, Page 304, Page 304Page 304
RRPTI:
Page 304, Page 304, Page 304
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
419
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
420
RRPTP:
Page 311, Page 304, Page 304Page 304
RRSCC:
Page 319, Page 319, Page 319, Page 307, Page 308, Page 309,
RRSCI:
Page 319, Page 319, Page 319, Page 307Page 308, Page 309
RRSCP:
Page 319, Page 319, Page 319, Page 307Page 308, Page 309
RRSGC:
Page 306, Page 306, Page 307, Page 314, Page 315, Page 308
RRSGI:
Page 306, Page 306, Page 307, Page 314, Page 315, Page 308
RRSGP:
Page 306, Page 306, Page 307, Page 314, Page 315, Page 308
RXAPC:
Page 317
RXAPI:
Page 371, Page 317
RXAPP:
Page 317
RXATC:
Page 288, Page 289, Page 289, Page 289, Page 316, Page
317, Page 310, Page 310, Page 294, Page 313, Page 318Page
290, Page 290, Page 294
RXATP:
Page 288, Page 289, Page 289, Page 289, Page 316, Page 317,
Page 310, Page 310, Page 294, Page 313, Page 318, Page 294
RXBFC:
Page 328, Page 357
RXBFP:
Page 277, Page 328, Page 357
RXBLE:
Page 371
RXBLI:
Page 371
RXESI:
Page 371
RXMOC:
Page 13, Page 165, Page 166, Page 166, Page 206, Page 277,
Page 279, Page 293, Page 371, Page 372, Page 373, Page 374,
Page 374, Page 374, Page 375,Page 376, Page 376, Page 288,
Page 289, Page 294, Page 377, Page 295, Page 315, Page 316,
Page 316, Page 317, Page 317, Page 309, Page 309Page 310,
Page 310, Page 310, Page 311, Page 313, Page 314, Page 314,
Page 318, Page 67, Page 357, Page 357, Page 359, Page 358,
Page 358, Page 357, Page 358, Page 356
RXMOE:
Page 371
RXMOI:
Page 13, Page 166, Page 206, Page 279, Page 293, Page 371,
Page 372, Page 373, Page 374, Page 374, Page 374, Page 375,
Page 376, Page 376, Page 288, Page 289, Page 294, Page 377,
Page 295, Page 315, Page 316, Page 316, Page 317, Page
317Page 309,Page 309 , Page 310, Page 310, Page 310, Page
311, Page 313, Page 314, Page 314, Page 318, Page 357, Page
357, Page 358, Page 358, Page 358
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
6.3
RXMOP:
Page 13, Page 165, Page 166, Page 166, Page 277, Page 279,
Page 293, Page 371, Page 372, Page 373, Page 374, Page 374,
Page 374, Page 375, Page 376, Page 377, Page 316, Page 316,
Page 317, Page 317, Page 309, Page 309, Page 310, Page 310,
Page 310, Page 311, Page 313, Page 314, Page 314, Page 318,
Page 357, Page 357, Page 359, Page 358, Page 358, Page
357, Page 358, Page 356
RXMSC:
Page 13, Page 166, Page 277, Page 279, Page 293, Page 371,
Page 372, Page 373, Page 374, Page 374, Page 374, Page 288,
Page 289, Page 294, Page 377, Page 295, Page 315, Page 316,
Page 316, Page 317, Page 317, Page 309, Page 309, Page
310, Page 310, Page 310, Page 311, Page 67, Page 357, Page
357, Page 357, Page 356
RXPLI:
Page 371
RXTCI:
Page 371
Cross-Reference: MML-Command Parameters
This table describes a number of BSC MML-commands in the subsystem RCS
and the parameters related to the command.
Note:
This is not a complete list of MML-commands in RCS, it is merely a list
for the commands that influence the parameters in this document.
RFCAC:
CELL (,AFRCSCC) (,AHRCSCC) (,AWBCSCC) (,EFRCSCC)
(,HRCSCC) (,VCSCC);
RFIMC:
SET {ADD, REM},{(, IMSIPAT] [, NCCPERM)};
RFPCC:
CELL {[, INITDLPCG][, INITDLPCE][, INITDLPCE2A]};
RFPCE:
CELL {[, DLPCG][, DLPCE][, DLPCE2A]};
RFPCI:
CELL {[DLPCEG][, DLPCE][, DLPCE2A]};
RFPCP:
CELL;
RFVBC:
(,AHRVAMOS) (,AWBVAMOS) (,HRVAMOS);
RFVBE;
RFVBI;
RFVBP;
RFVCC:
CELL (,AQPSKONBCCH) (,ASSV) (,QBAHRV) (,QBAWBV)
(,QBNAV) (,QDESDLOVP/ QDESDLOVN) (,QDESULOVP/
QDESULOVN) (,SSTHRASSV) (,TSCSET1PAIRS);
RFVCE:
CELL;
RFVCI:
CELL;
RFVCP:
CELL;
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
421
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLACC:
CELL{(, CHGR) {, INCL, EXKL} (, SLEVEL) (, STIME)};
RLACI:
CELL;
RLACP:
CELL;
RLADC:
SET, MODE(, THR, HYST) (, ICMODE);
RLADP:
SET;
RLAPC:
CELL(, SCTYPE){(, SSDESDLAFR)(, QDESDLAFR)(,
SSDESULAFR)(, QDESULAFR)(, SSDESDLAHR)(,
QDESDLAHR)(, SSDESULAHR)(, QDESULAHR)(,
SSDESDLAWB)(, QDESDLAWB)(, SSDESULAWB)(,
QDESULAWB)};
RLBAC:
{(REGINTDL)(, SSLENDL)(, QLENDL)};
RLBAP;
RLBCC
CELL(, SCTYPE){(, SSDESDL) (, QDESDL) (, LCOMPDL)(,
QCOMPDL)({, BSPWRMINP, BSPWRMINN}))};
RLBCE:
CELL;
RLBCI:
CELL;
RLBCP:
CELL;
RLBDC:
CELL(, CHGR) {(,NUMREQBPC) (,NUMREQEGPRSBPC)
(,NUMREQCS3CS4BPC) (,NUMREQE2ABPC) (,TN7BCCH)
(,EACPREF) (ETCHTN) (,TNBCCH)};
RLBDP:
CELL(, CHGR);
RLBQC:
PRIOLEV, QASSTIME;
RLBQP;
422
RLBRC:
CELL{, BSRPWROFFSET};
RLBRP:
CELL;
RLCCC:
CELL(, CHGR){(, SDCCH)(, CBCH)(, TN)(, CCCH)};
RLCDC:
{(BSCMC), (CELL, MC)};
RLCDP:
CELL;
RLCFE:
CELL (, CHGR), DCHNO;
RLCFI:
CELL(, CHGR)(,DCHNO);
RLCFP:
CELL(, CHGR);
RLCHC:
CELL(, CHGR){(, HOP)(, HSN)(,MAIO)(, BCCD)};
RLCLC
CELL{(,CSPSALLOC)(,CSPSPRIO)(,GPRSPRIO)(,
CODECREST)};
RLCLP
CELL;
RLCPC:
CELL(, SCTYPE){(, MSTXPWR)(, BSPWRT)(, BSPWRB)};
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLCPP:
CELL(, EXT);
RLCXC:
CELL, DTXD;
RLCXP:
CELL;
RLDCE;
RLDCI:
EMERGPRL;
RLDCP;
RLDEC:
CELL{(, CGI)(, BSIC)(, BCCHNO)(, NEWNAME)(, AGBLK)(,
MFRMS)(, BCCHTYPE)(, FNOFFSET)(, XRANGE)(, IRC)};
CELL{(, FDDARFCN)(, SCRCODE)(, NEWNAME)(, UTRANID)(,
MRSL)};
CELL{(, CGI)(, BSIC)(, BCCHNO)(, NEWNAME)(, RAC)(,
RIMNACC)};
RLDEE:
CELL;
RLDEI:
CELL{((, CSYSTYPE)(, EXT))(, EXT, UTRAN)((, CSYSTYPE),
EXT, GAN)};
RLDEP:
CELL{(, CSYSTYPE(, EXT))(, EXT(, UTRAN))(, XRANGE)};
RLDGC:
CELL, CHGR, SCTYPE;
RLDGE:
CELL, CHGR;
RLDGI:
CELL, CHGR(, SCTYPE)(, BAND);
RLDGP:
CELL;
RLDHC:
CELL{(, DHA)(, DHPR)({{((, DTHAMR)(, DTHNAMR)(,
DTHAMRWB))(, DHPRL{(, DTHAMR)(, DTHNAMR)(,
DTHAMRWB)})})};
RLDHP:
CELL;
RLDMC:
CELL {(,DMQB) (,DMQG)(, DMPR)(, DMTFAMR)(,
DMTFNAMR)(, DMTHAMR)(, DMTHNAMR)({{((, DMQBAMR)(,
DMQBNAMR)(, DMQGAMR)(, DMQGNAMR))(, DMPRL{(,
DMQBAMR)(, DMQBNAMR)(, DMQGAMR)(, DMQGNAMR)})})}
RLDMP:
CELL;
RLDTC:
CELL, CHGR, TSC;
RLDTP:
CELL;
RLDUC:
CELL {(,MAXLAPDM) (,ALLOCPREF) ({(,OPTMSCLASSADD /
,OPTMSCLASSREM)}};
RLDUP:
CELL;
RLGAC:
CELL (.CHGR) {(,SAS)(, ODPDCHLIMIT)};
RLGAP:
CELL;
RLGNC:
CELL {(,GPRSVALID) (,PROFFSET)};
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
423
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLGNP:
CELL;
RLGSC:
CELL {(,SPDCH) (,FPDCH) (,GAMMA) (,PSKONBCCH)(, LA)(,
CHCSDL) (,SCALLOC) (, PDCHPREEMPT) (, PRIMPLIM) (,
FLEXHIGHGPRS) (,EFACTOR) (,RTTI) (,IAN) (,E2AFACTOR)
(,E2ALQC) (,EINITMCS) (,E2AINITMCS) (,RTTIINITMCS);
RLGSE:
CELL;
RLGSI:
CELL;
RLGSP:
CELL;
RLGQC:
CELL{(,STREAMSUP) (,BPDCHBR) (,GPDCHBR) (,EPDCHBR)
(,E2APDCHBR) (,EITEXCLUDED);
RLGQP:
CELL;
RLHBC:
{(HCSBANDHYST) (,HCSBAND {(,LAYER) (,HCSBANDTHR)})}
RLHBP;
424
RLHPC:
CELL, CHAP;
RLHPP:
{CELL/CHAP};
RLIHC:
CELL(,SCTYPE){(,IHO)(,MAXIHO)(,TMAXIHO)(,TIHO)({,SSOF
FSETULP/,SSOFFSETULN})({,SSOFFSETDLP/,SSOFFSETDL
N})({,QOFFSETULP/,QOFFSETULN})({,QOFFSETDLP/,QOFF
SETDLN({,SSOFFSETULAFRP/,SSOFFSETULAFRN})({,SSOF
FSETDLAFRP/,SSOFFSETDLAFRN})({,QOFFSETULAFRP/,Q
OFFSETULAFRN})({,QOFFSETDLAFRP/,QOFFSETDLAFRN})
({,SSOFFSETULAWBP/,SSOFFSETULAWBN})({,SSOFFSETD
LAWBP/,SSOFFSETDLAWBN})({,QOFFSETULAWBP/,QOFFS
ETULAWBN})({,QOFFSETDLAWBP/,QOFFSETDLAWBN})};
RLIHP:
CELL;
RLIMC:
CELL{(, INTAVE)(, LIMIT1)(, LIMIT2)(, LIMIT3)(, LIMIT4)};
RLIME:
CELL;
RLIMI:
CELL(, NOALLOC);
RLIMP:
CELL;
RLLBC:
(SYSTYPE){(, TAAVELEN)(, TINIT)(, TALLOC)(, TURGEN)(,
EVALTYPE)( THO)(, NHO)(, ASSOC)(, IBHOASS)(,
IBHOSICH)(, IHOSICH)};
RLLBP
(:SYSTYPE);
RLLCC:
CELL{(, CLSLEVEL)(, CLSACC)(, HOCLSACC)(, RHYST)(,
CLSRAMP)};
RLLCE:
CELL;
RLLCI:
CELL;
RLLCP:
CELL;
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLLDC:
CELL{(,MAXTA)(,RLINKUP)(,RLINKUPAFR)(,RLINKUPAHR)(,
RLINKUPAWB)};
RLLDP:
CELL;
RLLFC:
CELL{(, SSEVALSD)(, QEVALSD)(, SSEVALSI)(, QEVALSI)(,
SSLENSD)
(, QLENSD)(, SSLENSI)(, QLENSI)(, SSRAMPSD)(,
SSRAMPSI)(, FERLEN)};
RLLFP:
CELL;
RLLHC:
CELL{(, LAYER)(, LAYERTHR)(, LAYERHYST)(, PSSTEMP)(,
PTIMTEMP)(, FASTMSREG)(, HCSIN)(, HCSOUT)};
RLLHP:
CELL{(, LAYER)(, EXT)};
RLLLC:
CELL{(, SCLD)(, SCLDLUL)(, SCLDLOL)(, SCLDSC)};
RLLLP:
CELL;
RLLOC:
CELL (, SCTYPE){(, BSPWR)(, BSTXPWR)(, BSRXMIN)(,
BSRXSUFF)(, MSRXMIN)(, MSRXSUFF)(, SCHO)(, MISSNM)(,
AW)(, EXTPEN)(, HYSTSEP)(, ISHOLEV)(, MAXISHO)(,
BCCHREUSE)(, BCCHLOSS)(, BCCHLOSSHYST)}
({(, FBOFFSP)(, FBOFFSN)})({(, BCCHDTCBP)/(,
BCCHDTCBN)})
(, BCCHDTCBHYST);
RLLOP:
CELL(, EXT);
RLLPC:
CELL{(, PTIMHF)(, PTIMBQ)(, PTIMTA)(, PSSHF)(, PSSBQ)(,
PSSTA)};
RLLPP:
CELL;
RLLSE;
RLLSI;
RLLSP;
RLLUC:
CELL(, SCTYPE){(, QLIMUL)(, QLIMDL)(, QLIMULAFR)
(, QLIMDLAFR)(, QLIMULAWB)(, QLIMDLAWB)(, TALIM)(,
CELLQ)};
RLLUP:
CELL;
RLMAC:
{(DTXFUL)(, REGINTUL)(, SSLENUL)(, QLENUL)};
RLMAP;
RLMFC:
CELL, MBCCHNO(, LISTTYPE)(, MRNIC);
RLMFE:
CELL, MBCCHNO(, LISTTYPE)(, MRNIC);
RLMFP:
CELL(, LISTTYPE);
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
425
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
RLMQC:
CELL{(, RESLIMIT)(, QLENGTH)};
RLMQP:
CELL;
RLMRC:
CELL{, MSRPWROFFSET};
RLMRP:
CELL;
RLNRC:
CELL, CELLR{(, CS)(, CAND)(, AWOFFSET)(, BQOFFSET)(,
BQOFFSETAFR)(, BQOFFSETAWB)(, KHYST)({, KOFFSETP/,
KOFFSETN})(, LHYST)({, LOFFSETP/, LOFFSETN})(,
TRHYST)({, TROFFSETP/TROFFSETN})};
CELL, CELLR{(, CS)(, CAND)(, AWOFFSET)(, BQOFFSET)(,
BQOFFSETAFR)(, BQOFFSETAWB)(, HIHYST)(, LOHYST)({,
OFFSETP/, OFFSETN})};
RLNRE:
CELL, CELLR;
RLNRI:
CELL, CELLR(, SINGLE);
RLNRP:
CELL(, CELLR)(, NODATA);
RLOLC:
CELL{(, LOL)(, LOLHYST)(, TAOL)(, TAOLHYST)(DTCBN/DTC
BP)(, DTCBHYST)(, NDIST) (, NNCELLS)};
RLOLP:
CELL;
RLOMC:
MODE;
RLOMP;
426
RLPCC:
CELL (, SCTYPE){(, SSDESUL)(, QDESUL)(, LCOMPUL)(,
QCOMPUL)};
RLPCE:
CELL;
RLPCI:
CELL;
RLPCP:
CELL;
RLPDC:
CELL {(, CBCHD)(, PRACHBLK)(, MAXSBLK)(, MAXSMSG)(,
TRAFBLK)};
RLPPC:
PP, PRL{(, INAC)(, PROBF)};
RLPPE:
PP;
RLPPI:
PP(, PP1);
RLPPP:
PP;
RLPRC:
CELL(, SCTYPE), CHTYPE(, CHRATE), PP;
RLPRP:
{PP/CELL(, CHTYPE(, CHRATE))};
RLPSC:
CELL {(,PLAYER)(,PHCSTHR)};
RLPSP:
CELL;
RLSBC:
CELL{(, CB)(, ACC)(, MAXRET)(, TX)(, ATT)(, T3212)(, CBQ)(,
CRO)(, TO)(, PT)(, ECSC)}(, SLOW);
RLSBP:
CELL;
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Index
RLSCE;
RLSCI:
STATSINT;
RLSCP;
RLSMC:
CELL, SIMSG, MSGDIST;
RLSMP:
CELL(, SIMSG)(, MSGDIST);
RLSUC:
CELL{(, QSC)(, QSCI)(, QSI)(, FDDMRR)(, FDDQMIN)(,
FDDQOFF)(, SPRIO)(, FDDQMINOFF)(, FDDRSCPMIN)(,
FDDREPTHR2)};
RLSUP:
CELL;
RLSSC:
CELL{(, ACCMIN)(, CCHPWR)(, CRH)(, DTXU)(, NCCPERM)(,
RLINKT)(,NECI)(,MBCR)(,RLINKTAFR)(,RLINKTAHR)(,
RLINKTAWB)};
RLSSP:
CELL;
RLSTC:
CELL(,CHGR), STATE;
RLSTP:
CELL(, STATE);
RLTYC:
GSYSTYPE;
RLTYE;
RLTYI:
GSYSTYPE;
RLTYP;
RLUMC:
CELL{, ADD, UMFI/, REM, UMFI}(, LISTTYPE);
RLUMP:
CELL;
RLVGC:
{(PAGPRIO)(,VGPRIO)(,NOTIFP)(, TALKID)(, DISPP)(,
VGENCR)};
CELL{(,REPPERNCH)(,VGCHALLOC)(,FBVGCHALLOC)(,
CHAMX)(, DYNVGCH)};
RLVGP:
RRAII:
RRDEP:
DEV=dev...;
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
427
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
428
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Concepts
7
Concepts
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
429
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
430
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Glossary
Glossary
AIR
Antenna Integrated Radio
NACC
Network Assisted Cell Change
AMR
Adaptive Multi Rate
PA
Power Amplifier
CDD
Cell Design Data
PC
Priority Connections
DTM
Dual Transfer Mode
PLMN
Public Land Mobile Network
DYMA
Dynamic FR/HR Mode Adaptation
PP
Priority Profile
FER
Frame Erasure Rate
RNCID
Radio Network Controller Identity
FR
Half Rate
RP
Regional Processor
GARP-2
Generic Application Regional Processor
Board, version 2
RPP
Regional Processor with PCI Interface
GO
Grouping Object
HFS
Hopping Frequency Set
HR
Half Rate
IRC
Interference Rejection Combining
LAC
Location Area Code
MCC
Mobile Colour Code
MNC
Mobile Network Code
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
RT
Resource Type
SMSCB
Short Messages Service Cell Broadcast
TCC
Transmitter Coherent Combining
TFO
Tandem Free Operation
TRH
Transceiver Handler
TRH RP
An RP running the TRH application
WB
Wide Band
431
User Description, Radio Network Parameters and Cell Design Data for Ericsson's GSM Systems
432
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
Reference List
Reference List
User Descriptions
[1]
User Description, Packet Abis over IP
[2]
Mixed Mode in Multistandard RBS
Standards
[3]
3GPP 22.011, (GSM Specification)
[4]
3GPP 23.003, (GSM Specification)
[5]
3GPP 23.009, (GSM Specification)
[6]
3GPP 25.101, (GSM Specification)
[7]
3GPP 43.022, (GSM Specification)
[8]
3GPP 44.018, (GSM Specification)
[9]
3GPP 45.002, (GSM Specification)
[10] 3GPP 45.008, (GSM Specification)
320/1553-HSC 103 12 Uen N | 2013-03-12
433
Download